diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'source/lo/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po')
| -rw-r--r-- | source/lo/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po | 17808 |
1 files changed, 17808 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/source/lo/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po b/source/lo/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a7c6d19e065 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/lo/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po @@ -0,0 +1,17808 @@ +#. extracted from helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-07-04 16:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 01:00+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Anonymous Pootle User\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"Language: lo\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n" +"X-Generator: Pootle 2.7\n" +"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1462669207.000000\n" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Positioning Objects" +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"bm_id3147828\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>anchors;options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centering;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147828\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Positioning Objects\">Positioning Objects</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3147251\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can use anchors to position an object, graphic, or frame in a document. An anchored item remains in place, or moves when you modify the document. The following anchoring options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3145599\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Anchoring" +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3145622\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Effect" +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3145650\n" +"help.text" +msgid "As character" +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3151181\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased." +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"par_idN10674\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it \"as character\", then center the paragraph." +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3151212\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To character" +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3151235\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Anchors the selected item to a character." +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3155071\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3155094\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph." +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3155122\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To page" +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3155144\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current page." +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3145674\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To frame" +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3145697\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame." +msgstr "" + +#: anchor_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"anchor_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3145715\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> submenu." +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator" +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149973\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>headings;rearranging</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rearranging headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>moving;headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>demoting heading levels</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>promoting heading levels</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;heading levels and chapters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>arranging;headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>outlines;arranging chapters</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149973\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator\">Arranging Chapters in the Navigator</link> </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"par_id3147795\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>, select the style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box, and then double-click a number in the <emph>Levels</emph> list." +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"par_id3145652\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list." +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"par_id3155461\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To dock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, drag the title bar to the edge of the workspace. To undock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, double-click its frame while holding the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key." +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"hd_id3151184\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Move a Heading Up or Down in the Document" +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"par_id0915200809400790\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Ensure that all heading levels are shown in the Navigator. By default all levels are shown. See steps below how to change the heading levels that are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"par_id3151206\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"cmd/sc_navigator.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5211883\">Icon</alt></image> to open the <emph>Navigator</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"par_id3151238\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <emph>Navigator</emph>, click the <emph>Content View</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3156338\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156338\">Icon</alt></image>." +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"par_id3155089\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"par_id3155114\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Drag a heading to a new location in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list." +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"par_id3155139\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click a heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list, and then click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> <image id=\"img_id4217546\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20174.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id4217546\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id6505788\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20171.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id6505788\">Icon</alt></image>." +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"par_id3145758\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag or click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icons." +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155402\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Promote or Demote the Level of a Heading" +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"par_id3155424\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list." +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"par_idN1081C\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Promote Level</emph> <image id=\"img_id5564488\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20172.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5564488\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Level</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3159363\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20173.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159363\">Icon</alt></image>." +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155525\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Change the Number of Heading Levels That Are Displayed" +msgstr "" + +#: arrange_chapters.xhp +msgctxt "" +"arrange_chapters.xhp\n" +"par_id3151352\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Heading Levels Shown</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3151310\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20236.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151310\">Icon</alt></image>, and then select a number from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_numbering.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_numbering.xhp\n" +"bm_id3147407\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; lists, while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullet lists;creating while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;automatic numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbers;lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic bullets/numbers; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullets; using automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; automatic numbering</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_numbering.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147407\n" +"26\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type\">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3155525\n" +"16\n" +"help.text" +msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_numbering.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154243\n" +"28\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3152830\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, and then select “Bulleted and numbered lists”." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3152867\n" +"30\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect</emph>, and ensure that <emph>While Typing</emph> is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id2357860\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the \"Default\", \"Text body\", or \"Text body indent\" paragraph style." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_numbering.xhp\n" +"hd_id3152897\n" +"21\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3147773\n" +"22\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i)." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3147794\n" +"23\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph automatically receives the next number or bullet." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3147814\n" +"31\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press Enter again to finish the list." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3147287\n" +"25\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can start a numbered list with any number." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3154083\n" +"27\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Numbering/Bullets\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Turning Off AutoCorrect" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"bm_id3154250\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text;turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>uppercase;changing to lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters after periods</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>quotation marks;changing automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;automatic replacement on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines;automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>underlining;quick</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic changes on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147812\n" +"16\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\">Turning Off AutoCorrect</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_id3147833\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_idN1081B\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_idN10846\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147251\n" +"12\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Remove a Word from the AutoCorrect List" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_id3147274\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_id3145596\n" +"23\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_id3145620\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, select the word pair that you want to remove." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_id3145645\n" +"24\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Delete</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145668\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Stop Replacing Quotation Marks" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_id3151196\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_id3151220\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_id3151245\n" +"25\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Clear the \"Replace\" check box(es)." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155076\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_id3155099\n" +"10\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_id3155123\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_id3155148\n" +"26\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Clear the \"Capitalize first letter of every sentence\" check box." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155401\n" +"17\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Stop Drawing a Line When You Type Three Identical Characters" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_id3155415\n" +"22\n" +"help.text" +msgid "$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_id3155439\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_id3155463\n" +"20\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_off.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_off.xhp\n" +"par_id3155488\n" +"27\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Clear the \"Apply border\" check box." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_spellcheck.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Automatically Check Spelling" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_spellcheck.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n" +"bm_id3154265\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck;Automatic Spell Checking on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic spellcheck</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>checking spelling;while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;disabling spellcheck</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_spellcheck.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154265\n" +"31\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Automatically Check Spelling\">Automatically Check Spelling</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_spellcheck.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n" +"par_id3154664\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can have $[officename] automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelt words with a red wavy line." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_spellcheck.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154678\n" +"41\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Check Spelling Automatically While You Type" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_spellcheck.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n" +"par_id3155531\n" +"42\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Automatic Spell Checking</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_spellcheck.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n" +"par_id3155569\n" +"33\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_spellcheck.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n" +"par_id3147759\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you choose a word from the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoCorrect</item> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Replace</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_spellcheck.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n" +"par_id3147819\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing <emph>Add</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_spellcheck.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147220\n" +"32\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck" +msgstr "" + +#: auto_spellcheck.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n" +"par_id3147263\n" +"35\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the words that you want to exclude." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_spellcheck.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n" +"par_id3147282\n" +"36\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the Language control on the Status bar to open a menu." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_spellcheck.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n" +"par_id3145602\n" +"38\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose “None (Do not check spelling)”." +msgstr "" + +#: auto_spellcheck.xhp +msgctxt "" +"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n" +"par_id3145648\n" +"40\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Creating a new dictionary.\">Creating a new dictionary.</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: autocorr_except.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autocorr_except.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List" +msgstr "" + +#: autocorr_except.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autocorr_except.xhp\n" +"bm_id3152887\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: autocorr_except.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autocorr_except.xhp\n" +"hd_id3152887\n" +"10\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List\">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: autocorr_except.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autocorr_except.xhp\n" +"par_id3154254\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters." +msgstr "" + +#: autocorr_except.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autocorr_except.xhp\n" +"par_id3155576\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Exceptions</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: autocorr_except.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autocorr_except.xhp\n" +"par_id3147762\n" +"18\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: autocorr_except.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autocorr_except.xhp\n" +"par_id3147786\n" +"19\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: autocorr_except.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autocorr_except.xhp\n" +"par_id3147812\n" +"20\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: autocorr_except.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autocorr_except.xhp\n" +"par_id3144875\n" +"17\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. This also adds the word or abbreviation that you typed to the AutoCorrect exceptions list." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Using AutoText" +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155521\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>networks and AutoText directories</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text blocks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text blocks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blocks of text</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155521\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Using AutoText\">Using AutoText</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3150534\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155539\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Create an AutoText Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3155560\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text, text with graphics, table, or field that you want to save as an AutoText entry. A graphic can only be stored if it is anchored as a character and is preceded and followed by at least one text character." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3155581\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoText</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3147761\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the category where you want to store the AutoText." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3147779\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type a name that is longer than four characters. This allows you to use the <emph>Display remainder of name as suggestion while typing</emph> AutoText option. If you want, you can modify the proposed shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3147807\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>AutoText</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_idN10732\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Close</emph> button." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147282\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert an AutoText Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3145597\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3145615\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\"><emph>Tools - AutoText</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3145644\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3145668\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoText</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3155090\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type <item type=\"literal\">fn</item>, and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type <item type=\"literal\">dt</item>, and then press F3." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155115\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Print a List of AutoText Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3155136\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3155160\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Macro from</emph> tree control, select %PRODUCTNAME Macros - Gimmicks - AutoText." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3151277\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select \"Main\" in the <emph>Existing macros in: AutoText</emph> list and then click <emph>Run</emph>. A list of the current AutoText entries is generated in a separate text document." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3151304\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"hd_id3151327\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Using AutoText in Network Installations" +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3151355\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3151370\n" +"help.text" +msgid "For example, you can store \"read-only\" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3151390\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3154960\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the user directory is used." +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3154995\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\">Tools - AutoText</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: autotext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"autotext.xhp\n" +"par_id3155012\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\">Word Completion</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics" +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149346\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>backgrounds;text objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>backgrounds;selecting</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149346\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"background\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/background.xhp\" name=\"Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics\">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id7355265\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer." +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147653\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Apply a Background To Text Characters" +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id3150669\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the characters." +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id3155390\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id3153665\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153541\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Apply a Background To a Paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id3145119\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in the paragraph or select several paragraphs." +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id3158430\n" +"9\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id3151245\n" +"10\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic." +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id0104201010554939\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To select an object in the background, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key and click the object. Alternatively, use the Navigator to select the object." +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149294\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Apply a Background To All or Part of a Table" +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id3154346\n" +"12\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in the table in your text document." +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id3148664\n" +"13\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Table Properties</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id3154938\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic." +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id3156280\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"hd_id3151041\n" +"31\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You may also use an icon to apply a background to table parts." +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id3150767\n" +"32\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and click the color on the <emph>Background Color</emph> toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id3147084\n" +"33\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph, then click the color on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Background Color</item> toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_idN10A56\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Highlight Color icon</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id3156180\n" +"30\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab page\">Background tab page</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id4922025\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\">Watermarks</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: background.xhp +msgctxt "" +"background.xhp\n" +"par_id478530\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Page Backgrounds as Page Styles</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Defining Borders for Characters" +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"bm_id3156136\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>characters;defining borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; for characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; around characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;character borders</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"hd_id3116136\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"border_character\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Characters\">Defining Borders for Characters</link> </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"par_id3148413\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If two adjacent text ranges' all border properties are identical (same style, width, color, padding and shadow), then those two ranges will be considered to be part of the same border group and rendered within the same border in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"hd_id3110503\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style" +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"par_id3118661\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border." +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"par_id3118473\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"par_id3110171\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area." +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"par_id3151046\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style." +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"par_id3152172\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined." +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"par_id3111023\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"hd_id3142068\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style" +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"par_id3118613\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border." +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"par_id3111663\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"par_id3110541\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge." +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"par_id3119149\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style." +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"par_id3116282\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge." +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"par_id3111041\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined." +msgstr "" + +#: border_character.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_character.xhp\n" +"par_id3141606\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: border_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_object.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Defining Borders for Objects" +msgstr "" + +#: border_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_object.xhp\n" +"bm_id3146957\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>objects; defining borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; for objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>charts;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;object borders</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: border_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_object.xhp\n" +"hd_id3146957\n" +"17\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"border_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Objects\">Defining Borders for Objects</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: border_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3146797\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used depends on the object selected." +msgstr "" + +#: border_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_object.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145673\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style" +msgstr "" + +#: border_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3155388\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the object for which you want to define a border." +msgstr "" + +#: border_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3149578\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window." +msgstr "" + +#: border_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3159176\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click one of the predefined border styles. This replaces the current border style of the object with the selected style." +msgstr "" + +#: border_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_object.xhp\n" +"hd_id3152474\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style" +msgstr "" + +#: border_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3153896\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the table cells that you want to modify." +msgstr "" + +#: border_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3156344\n" +"9\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - (object name) – Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected." +msgstr "" + +#: border_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3148797\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge." +msgstr "" + +#: border_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3152933\n" +"12\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style." +msgstr "" + +#: border_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3125865\n" +"13\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge." +msgstr "" + +#: border_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3150447\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to Contents</emph> area." +msgstr "" + +#: border_object.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_object.xhp\n" +"par_id3154908\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Defining Borders for Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"bm_id3156136\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>pages;defining borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; for pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; around pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"hd_id3156136\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"border_page\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Pages\">Defining Borders for Pages</link> </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"par_id3148473\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename]." +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"hd_id3150503\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style" +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"par_id3148491\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"par_id3150771\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area." +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"par_id3154046\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style." +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"par_id3152472\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined." +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"par_id3156023\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145068\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style" +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"par_id3148663\n" +"9\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"par_id3150541\n" +"10\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge." +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"par_id3159149\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style." +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"par_id3156282\n" +"12\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge." +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"par_id3151041\n" +"13\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined." +msgstr "" + +#: border_page.xhp +msgctxt "" +"border_page.xhp\n" +"par_id3145606\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "User Defined Borders in Text Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"bm_id6737876\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>borders;for text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;borders in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;table borders in Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;around text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;defining borders</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"hd_id3614917\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"borders\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\">User Defined Borders in Text Documents</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id1069368\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id6527298\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the cell or a block of cells in a Writer table." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id6129947\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Table properties</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id8141117\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id6016418\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose the border options you want to apply and click OK." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id5282448\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The options in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area can be used to apply multiple border styles." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"hd_id3547166\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Selection of cells" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id1108432\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id2422559\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id1053498\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Line arrangement area" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id1076998\n" +"help.text" +msgid "One cell selected in a table that has more than one cells, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id4240241\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id1058992\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_1.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1058992\">one cell border</alt></image>" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id162053\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A one cell table, the cell is selected" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id5021820\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id7366557\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_2.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7366557\">one selected cell border</alt></image>" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id3549607\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Cells in a column selected" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id2544328\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id2298654\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_3.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2298654\">column selected border</alt></image>" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id1636402\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Cells in a row selected" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id7450483\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id9033783\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_4.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id9033783\">row selected border</alt></image>" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id5741752\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A whole table of 2x2 or more cells selected" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id570085\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id4776757\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_5.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4776757\">block selected border</alt></image>" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"hd_id5044099\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Default settings" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id626544\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click one of the <emph>Default</emph> icons to set or reset multiple borders." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id292062\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id1361735\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id82399\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"hd_id7144993\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Examples" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id5528427\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id4194158\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id8221076\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_ca_5.png\" width=\"1.2209in\" height=\"0.2445in\"><alt id=\"alt_id8221076\">default icons for borders</alt></image>" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id7253028\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the left icon to clear all lines. This removes all outer borders and all inner lines." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id9441206\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the second icon from the left to set an outer border and to remove all other lines." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id7276833\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the rightmost icon to set an outer border. The inner lines are not changed." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id5273293\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"hd_id5110019\n" +"help.text" +msgid "User defined settings" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id1820734\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id7093111\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different states." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id3673818\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Line types" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id2593768\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Image" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id2055421\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Meaning" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id9836115\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A black line" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id6485793\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id1237525\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1237525\">solid line for border</alt></image>" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id1454512\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A black line sets the corresponding line of the selected cells. The line is shown as a dotted line when you choose the 0.05 pt line style. Double lines are shown when you select a double line style." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id4618671\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A gray line" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id1239356\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id2688680\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_7.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2688680\">gray line for border</alt></image>" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id9474166\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id1545457\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A white line" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id1681875\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id7340617\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_8.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7340617\">white line for border</alt></image>" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id2316660\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A white line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"hd_id5908688\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Examples" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id5118564\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select a single cell in a Writer table, then choose <emph>Table - Table properties - Borders</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id244758\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select a thick line style." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id7741325\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To set a lower border, click the lower edge repeatedly until you see a thick line." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id542313\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id4273506\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4273506\">setting thick lower border</alt></image>" +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id2210760\n" +"help.text" +msgid "All cells in a Writer table have at least a left and a lower line by default. Most cells on the table perimeter have more lines applied by default." +msgstr "" + +#: borders.xhp +msgctxt "" +"borders.xhp\n" +"par_id5400860\n" +"help.text" +msgid "All lines that are shown in white in the preview will be removed from the cell." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Calculating in Text Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149909\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulas; calculating in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>references;in Writer tables</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149909\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Calculating in Text Documents\">Calculating in Text Documents</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate.xhp\n" +"par_id3149949\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a text table." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate.xhp\n" +"par_id3149972\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the calculation, and then press F2. If you are in a table cell, type an equals sign =." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate.xhp\n" +"par_id3155547\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type the calculation that you want to insert, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=10000/12</item>, and then press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate.xhp\n" +"par_id3155565\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, and then choose a function for your formula." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate.xhp\n" +"par_id8316904\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To reference cells in a Writer text table, enclose the cell address or the cell range in angle brackets. For example, to reference cell A1 from another cell, enter =<A1> into the cell." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_clipboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_clipboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n" +"bm_id3147692\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>pasting;results of formulas</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulas;pasting results in text documents</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_clipboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147692\n" +"35\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document\"> Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_clipboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n" +"par_id3156366\n" +"36\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If your text already contains a formula, for example \"12+24*2\", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_clipboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n" +"par_id3154250\n" +"37\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers and operators and cannot contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_clipboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n" +"par_id3155496\n" +"38\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Plus Sign (+)." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_clipboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n" +"par_id5172582\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Paste</item>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.<br/>The selected formula is replaced by the result." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intable.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Calculating Cell Totals in Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intable.xhp\n" +"bm_id3147400\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;sums in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>totals in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>table cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sums of table cell series</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intable.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147400\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Cell Totals in Tables\">Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intable.xhp\n" +"par_id3154243\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>, and insert a table with one column and more than one row into a text document." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intable.xhp\n" +"par_id3154203\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the column empty." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intable.xhp\n" +"par_id3154222\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Sum</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table Bar</item>.<br/>The <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item> appears with the entry \"=sum\"." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intable.xhp\n" +"par_id3147775\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in the first cell of the series you want to sum up, drag to the final cell, and then release.<br/>$[officename] inserts a formula for calculating the sum of the values in the current column." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intable.xhp\n" +"par_id3150507\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press Enter, or click <emph>Apply</emph> in the Formula bar. <br/>The sum of the values in the current column is entered in the cell." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intable.xhp\n" +"par_id3150533\n" +"10\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you enter a different number anywhere in the column, the sum is updated as soon as you click in the last column cell." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intable.xhp\n" +"par_id3155533\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext.xhp\n" +"bm_id3147406\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>calculating;formulas/mean values</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147406\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents\">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext.xhp\n" +"par_id3145245\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of the calculation into a text document." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext.xhp\n" +"par_id3152901\n" +"help.text" +msgid "For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext.xhp\n" +"par_id3145078\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the formula, and then press F2." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext.xhp\n" +"par_id3156382\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> icon, and choose \"Mean\" from the Statistical Functions list." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext.xhp\n" +"par_id3149692\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type the three numbers, separated by vertical slashes (|)." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext.xhp\n" +"par_id3149481\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>. The result is inserted as a field into the document." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext.xhp\n" +"par_id3149823\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To edit the formula, double-click the field in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext2.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext2.xhp\n" +"bm_id3153899\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; performing calculations in</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext2.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153899\n" +"49\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table\">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext2.xhp\n" +"par_id3154250\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext2.xhp\n" +"par_id3150508\n" +"26\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and then insert another table consisting of one cell." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext2.xhp\n" +"par_id3150528\n" +"50\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext2.xhp\n" +"par_id3155532\n" +"29\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext2.xhp\n" +"par_id3155551\n" +"30\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext2.xhp\n" +"par_id3155577\n" +"31\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext2.xhp\n" +"par_id3155598\n" +"32\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_intext2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_intext2.xhp\n" +"par_id3147776\n" +"51\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_multitable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_multitable.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Calculating Across Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_multitable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_multitable.xhp\n" +"bm_id3154248\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;calculating across</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_multitable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_multitable.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154248\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Across Tables\">Calculating Across Tables</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_multitable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_multitable.xhp\n" +"par_id3147773\n" +"12\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_multitable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_multitable.xhp\n" +"par_id3147795\n" +"13\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in both tables." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_multitable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_multitable.xhp\n" +"par_id3147815\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_multitable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_multitable.xhp\n" +"par_id3147833\n" +"16\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press F2." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_multitable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_multitable.xhp\n" +"par_id3147228\n" +"17\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_multitable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_multitable.xhp\n" +"par_id3147254\n" +"18\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number." +msgstr "" + +#: calculate_multitable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"calculate_multitable.xhp\n" +"par_id3147274\n" +"19\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: captions.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Using Captions" +msgstr "" + +#: captions.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions.xhp\n" +"bm_id3147691\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>captions; inserting and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; captioning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>charts; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text frames; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects; inserting captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>legends, see also captions</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: captions.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions.xhp\n" +"hd_id3150537\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Using Captions\">Using Captions</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: captions.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions.xhp\n" +"par_id3153156\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, tables, frames, and drawing objects." +msgstr "" + +#: captions.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions.xhp\n" +"par_id3153172\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can edit the text and the number ranges for different types of captions." +msgstr "" + +#: captions.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions.xhp\n" +"par_id3153186\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you add a caption to a picture or to an object, the object and the caption text are placed together in a new frame. When you add a caption to a table, the caption text is inserted as a paragraph next to the table. When you add a caption to a frame, the caption text is added to the text inside the frame, either before or after the existing text." +msgstr "" + +#: captions.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions.xhp\n" +"par_idN10713\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To move both the object and the caption, drag the frame that contains these items. To update the caption numbering after you move the frame, press F9." +msgstr "" + +#: captions.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155541\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To define a caption proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: captions.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions.xhp\n" +"par_id3155567\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to." +msgstr "" + +#: captions.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions.xhp\n" +"par_id3155586\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: captions.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions.xhp\n" +"par_id3147765\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the options that you want, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Figure</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: captions.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions.xhp\n" +"par_id3147254\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can edit caption text directly in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: captions.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions.xhp\n" +"par_id3147271\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A caption is formatted with the paragraph style that matches the name of the caption category. For example, if you insert a \"Table\" caption, the \"Table\" paragraph style is applied to the caption text." +msgstr "" + +#: captions.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions.xhp\n" +"par_id3145671\n" +"help.text" +msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame, or table. Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: captions_numbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions_numbers.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions" +msgstr "" + +#: captions_numbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions_numbers.xhp\n" +"bm_id3147684\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>captions; adding chapter numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; captioning automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering; captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic numbering;of objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: captions_numbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions_numbers.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147684\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions\">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: captions_numbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions_numbers.xhp\n" +"par_id3147395\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can include chapter numbers in captions." +msgstr "" + +#: captions_numbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions_numbers.xhp\n" +"par_id3147408\n" +"16\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles." +msgstr "" + +#: captions_numbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions_numbers.xhp\n" +"par_id3154249\n" +"17\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to." +msgstr "" + +#: captions_numbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions_numbers.xhp\n" +"par_id3150503\n" +"18\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: captions_numbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions_numbers.xhp\n" +"par_id3150527\n" +"19\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select a caption title from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> box, and select a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Caption</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: captions_numbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions_numbers.xhp\n" +"par_id3153166\n" +"39\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Options</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: captions_numbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions_numbers.xhp\n" +"par_id3153190\n" +"45\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number." +msgstr "" + +#: captions_numbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions_numbers.xhp\n" +"par_id3155553\n" +"46\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: captions_numbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions_numbers.xhp\n" +"par_id3155586\n" +"40\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: captions_numbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions_numbers.xhp\n" +"par_id3147226\n" +"43\n" +"help.text" +msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: captions_numbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions_numbers.xhp\n" +"par_id3145567\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption dialog\">AutoCaption dialog</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: captions_numbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"captions_numbers.xhp\n" +"par_id3145574\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter numbering\">Chapter numbering</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: change_header.xhp +msgctxt "" +"change_header.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page" +msgstr "" + +#: change_header.xhp +msgctxt "" +"change_header.xhp\n" +"bm_id3146875\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>headers; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles; changing from selection</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>new page styles from selection</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: change_header.xhp +msgctxt "" +"change_header.xhp\n" +"hd_id3146875\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page\">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: change_header.xhp +msgctxt "" +"change_header.xhp\n" +"par_id3153584\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it." +msgstr "" + +#: change_header.xhp +msgctxt "" +"change_header.xhp\n" +"par_id3154245\n" +"help.text" +msgid "For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, and another page style that displays a different header." +msgstr "" + +#: change_header.xhp +msgctxt "" +"change_header.xhp\n" +"par_id3150503\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Open a new text document, choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: change_header.xhp +msgctxt "" +"change_header.xhp\n" +"par_id3150532\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and select <emph>New Styles from Selection</emph> from the submenu." +msgstr "" + +#: change_header.xhp +msgctxt "" +"change_header.xhp\n" +"par_id3153153\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type a name for the page in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style name</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: change_header.xhp +msgctxt "" +"change_header.xhp\n" +"par_id3153184\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Double-click the name in the list to apply the style to the current page." +msgstr "" + +#: change_header.xhp +msgctxt "" +"change_header.xhp\n" +"par_id3155541\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and choose the new page style from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: change_header.xhp +msgctxt "" +"change_header.xhp\n" +"par_id3155572\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type the text that you want in the header. Position the cursor into the main text area outside of the header." +msgstr "" + +#: change_header.xhp +msgctxt "" +"change_header.xhp\n" +"par_id3155592\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: change_header.xhp +msgctxt "" +"change_header.xhp\n" +"par_id3147771\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Page break</item> and then select “Default” from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: change_header.xhp +msgctxt "" +"change_header.xhp\n" +"par_id3147810\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Repeat steps 2-6 to create a second custom page style with a different header." +msgstr "" + +#: chapter_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"chapter_numbering.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Outline Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: chapter_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"chapter_numbering.xhp\n" +"bm_id3147682\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>outlines;numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;heading numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings; numbering/paragraph styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering;headings</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: chapter_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"chapter_numbering.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147682\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Outline Numbering\">Outline Numbering</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: chapter_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"chapter_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3155605\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a custom paragraph style. You can also add chapter and section numbering to heading paragraph styles. By default, the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style is at the top of the outline hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: chapter_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"chapter_numbering.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155626\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Add Automatic Numbering to a Heading Style" +msgstr "" + +#: chapter_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"chapter_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3154255\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: chapter_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"chapter_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3155891\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Style</item> box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to." +msgstr "" + +#: chapter_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"chapter_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3150513\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbers</item> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: chapter_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"chapter_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_idN107CE\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Remove Automatic Outline Numbering From a Heading Paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: chapter_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"chapter_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_idN107D5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click at the beginning of the text in the heading paragraph, after the number." +msgstr "" + +#: chapter_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"chapter_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_idN107D9\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press the Backspace key to delete the number." +msgstr "" + +#: chapter_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"chapter_numbering.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155552\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Heading" +msgstr "" + +#: chapter_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"chapter_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3155571\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: chapter_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"chapter_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3147758\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the custom style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box." +msgstr "" + +#: chapter_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"chapter_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3147782\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list." +msgstr "" + +#: chapter_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"chapter_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3147808\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Conditional Text" +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155619\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>matching conditional text in fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>if-then queries as fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditional text; setting up</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; conditional text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;conditions</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155619\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text\">Conditional Text</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3155879\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3155895\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153175\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Define a Conditional Variable" +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3153185\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3155566\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3147759\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click \"Set variable\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3147784\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Reminder</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3147810\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click \"Text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id7748344\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enter <item type=\"literal\">1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>.<br/>The Format list now displays a \"General\" format." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145645\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text" +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3145659\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3151193\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the conditional text in your text." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3151212\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3151250\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3155936\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Reminder EQ \"3\"</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3155969\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The quotation marks enclosing the \"3\" indicate that the variable that you defined in the first part of this example is a text string." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3150446\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type the text that you want to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then</emph> box. There is almost no limit to the length of the text that you can enter. You can paste a paragraph into this box." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3150473\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155073\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Display the Conditional Text" +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3155086\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3155110\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place your cursor in front of the field that you defined in the first part of this example, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3155136\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Replace the number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box with 3, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3155168\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If the field does not automatically update, press F9." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3145714\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of conditional operators\">List of conditional operators</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text2.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Conditional Text for Page Counts" +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text2.xhp\n" +"bm_id3153108\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditional text;page counts</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text2.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153108\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text for Page Counts\">Conditional Text for Page Counts</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text2.xhp\n" +"par_id3156228\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can create a conditional text field that displays the word \"pages\" instead of \"page\" in conjunction with a page count field if your document contains more than one page." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text2.xhp\n" +"par_id3156257\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the page count." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text2.xhp\n" +"par_id3150513\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - Page Count</item>, and then enter a space." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text2.xhp\n" +"par_id3150537\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text2.xhp\n" +"par_id3153166\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text2.xhp\n" +"par_id3145256\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page > 1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text2.xhp\n" +"par_id3145280\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Pages</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Then</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text2.xhp\n" +"par_id3145305\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Else</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: conditional_text2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"conditional_text2.xhp\n" +"par_id3155535\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: delete_from_dict.xhp +msgctxt "" +"delete_from_dict.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary" +msgstr "" + +#: delete_from_dict.xhp +msgctxt "" +"delete_from_dict.xhp\n" +"bm_id3147688\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;words in user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: delete_from_dict.xhp +msgctxt "" +"delete_from_dict.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147688\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary\">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: delete_from_dict.xhp +msgctxt "" +"delete_from_dict.xhp\n" +"par_id3153417\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: delete_from_dict.xhp +msgctxt "" +"delete_from_dict.xhp\n" +"par_id3151391\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <item type=\"menuitem\">User-defined</item> list, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: delete_from_dict.xhp +msgctxt "" +"delete_from_dict.xhp\n" +"par_id3154233\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the word that you want to delete in the <emph>Word</emph> list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: dragdroptext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"dragdroptext.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Moving and Copying Text in Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: dragdroptext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"dragdroptext.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155919\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;moving and copying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>moving; text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;cut/copied text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mouse;moving and copying text</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: dragdroptext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"dragdroptext.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155919\n" +"10\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"Moving and Copying Text in Documents\">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: dragdroptext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"dragdroptext.xhp\n" +"par_id3152994\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text that you want to move or copy." +msgstr "" + +#: dragdroptext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"dragdroptext.xhp\n" +"par_id3155606\n" +"21\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: dragdroptext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"dragdroptext.xhp\n" +"par_id3154236\n" +"13\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.<br/><image id=\"img_id3153148\" src=\"res/helpimg/movedata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153148\">Mouse cursor moving data</alt></image>" +msgstr "" + +#: dragdroptext.xhp +msgctxt "" +"dragdroptext.xhp\n" +"par_id3154257\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To copy the selected text, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag. The mouse pointer changes to include a plus sign (+).<br/><image id=\"img_id3152868\" src=\"res/helpimg/copydata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152868\">Mouse cursor copying data</alt></image>" +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"bm_id3153407\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles; left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blank pages with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>empty page with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; even/odd pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>title pages; page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>First Page page style</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Left Page page style</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>even/odd pages;formatting</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153407\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"par_id3154265\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"par_id3147126\n" +"help.text" +msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply alternating page styles on even (left) and odd pages (right) in your document. For example, you can use page styles to display different headers and footers on even and odd pages. The current page style is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the workplace." +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"hd_id8194219\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Set Up Alternating Page Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"par_id3150526\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"par_id3153153\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Left Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"par_id3153179\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"par_id3145267\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select \"Right Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"par_id3145299\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Right Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"par_id3155529\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select \"Left Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"par_id3155561\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Go to the first page in your document, and double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles in the Styles and Formatting window." +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"par_id3155588\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To add a header to one of the page styles, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header." +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"par_id3147772\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer." +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"par_id3147254\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the \"First Page\" style to the title page." +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"hd_id888698\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"par_id3394573\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, Writer will insert an empty page by default. You can suppress those automatically generated empty pages from printing and from exporting to PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"par_id7594225\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"par_id8147221\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Remove the check mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: even_odd_sdw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" +"par_id3145596\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: field_convert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"field_convert.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Converting a Field into Text" +msgstr "" + +#: field_convert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"field_convert.xhp\n" +"bm_id3154079\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; converting into text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>converting;fields, into text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;fields, into text</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: field_convert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"field_convert.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154079\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Converting a Field into Text\">Converting a Field into Text</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: field_convert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"field_convert.xhp\n" +"par_id3149281\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field." +msgstr "" + +#: field_convert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"field_convert.xhp\n" +"par_id3155608\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the field and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: field_convert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"field_convert.xhp\n" +"par_id3154238\n" +"9\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: field_convert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"field_convert.xhp\n" +"par_id3154262\n" +"10\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click \"Unformatted text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: field_convert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"field_convert.xhp\n" +"par_id3157551\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Paste Special\">Paste Special</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "About Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"bm_id3145576\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>fields;updating/viewing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Help tips;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>properties;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>disabling;field highlighting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;field shadings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145576\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"About Fields\">About Fields</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3154246\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document." +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154262\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Viewing Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3150509\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"View - Fields\"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3150536\n" +"195\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3152885\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the color of field shadings, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - Application Colors\"><emph><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] - Application Colors</item></emph></link>, locate the <item type=\"menuitem\">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color setting</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153166\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Field Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3153180\n" +"181\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values." +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3155533\n" +"182\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The following field types execute an action when you click the field:" +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3155582\n" +"183\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Field Type" +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3147760\n" +"184\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Property" +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3147789\n" +"185\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Placeholder" +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3147812\n" +"186\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Opens a dialog to insert the object for which the placeholder was set." +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3147216\n" +"187\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Insert Reference" +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3147239\n" +"188\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Moves the mouse pointer to the reference." +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3147267\n" +"189\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Run macro" +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3147290\n" +"190\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Runs a macro." +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3145614\n" +"191\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Input Field" +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3145637\n" +"192\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field." +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3151244\n" +"10\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the Extended Tips option (<item type=\"menuitem\">What's This?</item>) is selected in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Help</item> menu." +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155937\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Updating Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3155963\n" +"12\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9." +msgstr "" + +#: fields.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields.xhp\n" +"par_id3155984\n" +"13\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_date.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_date.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_date.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_date.xhp\n" +"bm_id5111545\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;date fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dates;inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>date fields;fixed/variable</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fixed dates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variable dates</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_date.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_date.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155165\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_date.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_date.xhp\n" +"par_id3154491\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_date.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_date.xhp\n" +"par_id3147679\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Document</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_date.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_date.xhp\n" +"par_id3153415\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click “Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list and do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_date.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_date.xhp\n" +"par_id3155602\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> list." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_date.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_date.xhp\n" +"par_id3154241\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> list." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_enter.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Adding Input Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_enter.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155916\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text; input fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fields; input fields in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>input fields in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;input fields</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_enter.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155916\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Adding Input Fields</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_enter.xhp\n" +"par_id3153409\n" +"help.text" +msgid "An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_enter.xhp\n" +"par_id3145776\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_enter.xhp\n" +"par_id3155620\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click “Input field”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_enter.xhp\n" +"par_id3154257\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and type the text for the variable." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_enter.xhp\n" +"par_id3155888\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_enter.xhp\n" +"par_id3150708\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To quickly open all input fields in a document for editing, press Ctrl+Shift+F9." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"bm_id3153398\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; user data</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user data; querying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditions; user data fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;text, from specific users</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; hiding from specific users, with conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user variables in conditions/fields</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153398\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions\">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3154239\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For example, you can compare user data with the following operators:" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3155889\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Operator" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3147110\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Meaning" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3150508\n" +"help.text" +msgid "== or EQ" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3150531\n" +"help.text" +msgid "equals" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3150725\n" +"help.text" +msgid "!= or NEQ" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3150748\n" +"help.text" +msgid "is not equal to" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3153167\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you want, you can use a condition to hide specific text in your document from a specific user." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3153190\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text in the document that you want to hide." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3145273\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3145297\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3155533\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == \"Doe\"</emph>, where \"Doe\" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3155573\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then save the document." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3147760\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The name of the hidden section can still be seen in the Navigator." +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3147777\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The following table is a list of the user variables that you can access when defining a condition or a field:" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3147819\n" +"help.text" +msgid "User variables" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3147218\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Meaning" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3147245\n" +"help.text" +msgid "user_firstname" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3147268\n" +"help.text" +msgid "First name" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3145592\n" +"help.text" +msgid "user_lastname" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3145615\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Last name" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3145642\n" +"help.text" +msgid "user_initials" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3145666\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Initials" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3151200\n" +"help.text" +msgid "user_company" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3151223\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Company" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3151250\n" +"help.text" +msgid "user_street" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3152912\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Street" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3152940\n" +"help.text" +msgid "user_country" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3152963\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Country" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3152990\n" +"help.text" +msgid "user_zipcode" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3145679\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Zip Code" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3145706\n" +"help.text" +msgid "user_city" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3145729\n" +"help.text" +msgid "City" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3145756\n" +"help.text" +msgid "user_title" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3145779\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Title" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3156284\n" +"help.text" +msgid "user_position" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3156307\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Position" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3156334\n" +"help.text" +msgid "user_tel_work" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3156357\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Business telephone number" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3156384\n" +"help.text" +msgid "user_tel_home" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3149728\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Home telephone number" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3149756\n" +"help.text" +msgid "user_fax" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3149778\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Fax number" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3149806\n" +"help.text" +msgid "user_email" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3147294\n" +"help.text" +msgid "E-mail address" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3147321\n" +"help.text" +msgid "user_state" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3147344\n" +"help.text" +msgid "State" +msgstr "" + +#: fields_userdata.xhp +msgctxt "" +"fields_userdata.xhp\n" +"par_id3147392\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of operators\">List of operators</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Finding and Replacing in Writer" +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"bm_id1163670\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>finding; text/text formats/styles/objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>replacing; text and text formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text formats; finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formats; finding and replacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching; formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects;finding by Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Asian languages;search options</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"hd_id8568681\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"finding\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\">Finding and Replacing in Writer</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id611285\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"hd_id6226081\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The Find & Replace dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id6702780\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"hd_id3158970\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Find Text" +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id6957304\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id2164677\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enter the text to find in the <emph>Search for</emph> text box." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id5684072\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Either click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id4377269\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you click <emph>Find Next</emph>, Writer will show you the next text that is equal to your entry. You can watch and edit the text, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> again to advance to the next found text." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id1371807\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id924100\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id9359416\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"hd_id5891598\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Replace Text" +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id1780755\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id2467421\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id4286935\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enter the text to search in the <emph>Search for </emph>text box." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id9959410\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enter the text to replace the found text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id24109\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Either click <emph>Replace</emph> or <emph>Replace All</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id703451\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you click <emph>Replace</emph>, Writer will search the whole document for the text in the <emph>Search for</emph> box, starting at the current cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits for your response. Click <emph>Replace</emph> to replace the highlighted text in the document with the text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box. Click <emph>Find Next</emph> to advance to the next found text without replacing the current selection." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id7540818\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"hd_id9908444\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Find Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id8413953\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the \"Heading 2\" style." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id2696920\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id896938\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id9147007\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Check <item type=\"menuitem\">Search for Styles</item>.<br/>The <item type=\"menuitem\">Search for</item> text box now is a list box, where you can select any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id679342\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"hd_id3231299\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Find Formats" +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id8087405\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id3406170\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id2448805\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id4542985\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id4679403\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Format</emph> button." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id7783745\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id5597094\n" +"help.text" +msgid "More options" +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id9919431\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id8533280\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>Similarities</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)" +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id4646748\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you have enabled Asian language support under <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"hd_id2489394\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The Navigator" +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id9934385\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id4159062\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id7421796\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\">Navigator</link> guide for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id6417432\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the icon with the blue circle at the bottom right part of your document to open the small <emph>Navigation</emph> window." +msgstr "" + +#: finding.xhp +msgctxt "" +"finding.xhp\n" +"par_id4639728\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use the small Navigation window to quickly jump to the next object or find the next text in your document." +msgstr "" + +#: footer_nextpage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_nextpage.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: footer_nextpage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_nextpage.xhp\n" +"bm_id3145819\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>pages; continuation pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>next page number in footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>continuation pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation pages</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: footer_nextpage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_nextpage.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145819\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages\">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: footer_nextpage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_nextpage.xhp\n" +"par_id3154242\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using a field." +msgstr "" + +#: footer_nextpage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_nextpage.xhp\n" +"par_id3154256\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The page number is only displayed if the following page exists." +msgstr "" + +#: footer_nextpage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_nextpage.xhp\n" +"par_id3155886\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to." +msgstr "" + +#: footer_nextpage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_nextpage.xhp\n" +"par_id3147109\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in the footer and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: footer_nextpage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_nextpage.xhp\n" +"par_id3147134\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: footer_nextpage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_nextpage.xhp\n" +"par_id3150955\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click 'Page' in the <emph>Type</emph> list and 'Next page' in the <emph>Select</emph> list." +msgstr "" + +#: footer_nextpage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_nextpage.xhp\n" +"par_id3150517\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list." +msgstr "" + +#: footer_nextpage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_nextpage.xhp\n" +"par_id3150537\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you select 'Text' in the <emph>Format</emph> list, only the text that you enter in the <emph>Value</emph> box is displayed in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: footer_nextpage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_nextpage.xhp\n" +"par_id3150727\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the field with the page number." +msgstr "" + +#: footer_pagenumber.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting Page Numbers in Footers" +msgstr "" + +#: footer_pagenumber.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155624\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>footers; with page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count of</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: footer_pagenumber.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155624\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers in Footers\">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: footer_pagenumber.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n" +"par_id8230842\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form \"Page 9 of 12\"" +msgstr "" + +#: footer_pagenumber.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n" +"hd_id7867366\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert a Page Number" +msgstr "" + +#: footer_pagenumber.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n" +"par_id3150508\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to." +msgstr "" + +#: footer_pagenumber.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n" +"par_id3150534\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: footer_pagenumber.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n" +"par_id3153155\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text." +msgstr "" + +#: footer_pagenumber.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n" +"hd_id2988677\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Additionally Add a Page Count" +msgstr "" + +#: footer_pagenumber.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n" +"par_id3155532\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in front of the page number field, type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type=\"literal\">of</item> and enter another space." +msgstr "" + +#: footer_pagenumber.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n" +"par_id3155554\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Count</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes" +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"bm_id3145819\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>organizing;footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145819\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes\">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3154258\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] automatically numbers the footnotes and endnotes." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155881\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert a Footnote or Endnote" +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3155903\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3147120\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"><emph>Insert - Footnote and Endnote - Footnote or Endnote</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3150937\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Choose</item> button and select the character that you want to use for the footnote." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3150508\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Footnote</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Endnote</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3150704\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3150729\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type the note." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3148843\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3153176\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also insert footnotes by clicking the <emph>Insert Footnote Directly</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155543\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Edit a Footnote or Endnote" +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3150167\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The mouse pointer changes to a hand when you rest it over a footnote or endnote anchor in your document." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3155563\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the note, or click the anchor for the note in the text." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3145029\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the format of a footnote, click in the footnote, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the Styles and Formatting window, right-click \"Footnote\" in the list, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3145062\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To jump from the footnote or endnote text to the note anchor in the text, press PageUp." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3145081\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Footnote\"><emph>Edit - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3147776\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3147813\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_usage.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_usage.xhp\n" +"par_id3147232\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_with_line.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Spacing Between Footnotes" +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_with_line.xhp\n" +"bm_id3147683\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>spacing; endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>endnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders;for footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_with_line.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147683\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Spacing Between Footnotes\">Spacing Between Footnotes</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3145808\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3155603\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in a footnote or endnote." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3155620\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3154251\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, \"Footnote\", and choose <emph>Modify</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3155884\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"><emph>Borders</emph></link> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3147110\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Default</item> area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</item> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3150931\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line</item> area, click a line in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3150961\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select \"White\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color</item> box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3150519\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3150709\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enter a value in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Top</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Bottom</item> boxes." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3150740\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: footnote_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"footnote_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3148846\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Borders\">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Creating a Form Letter" +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"bm_id3159257\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>serial letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>form letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mail merge</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>letters; creating form letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wizards;form letters</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"hd_id3159257\n" +"29\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Form Letter\">Creating a Form Letter</link></variable></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"par_id3150502\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by e-mail." +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"par_id0805200801132382\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the e-mail." +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"par_idN10653\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard</link> helps you to create form letters." +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"par_idN10664\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To create a form letter" +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"par_idN1066B\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"par_idN10672\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"par_idN10676\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select <emph>Start from a template</emph>, and click the <emph>Browse</emph> button." +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"par_idN10681\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You see the <emph>New</emph> dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"par_idN10685\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select <item type=\"literal\">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type=\"literal\">Modern letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"par_id2669759\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select <emph>Letter</emph> and click <emph>Next</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"par_idN106BD\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the next step of the wizard, click the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button to check that you are using the correct address list. If you want to use an address block, select an address block type, match the data fields if necessary, and click <emph>Next</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"par_idN106C5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the <emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters." +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"par_idN106C6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag and drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column." +msgstr "" + +#: form_letters_main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"form_letters_main.xhp\n" +"par_idN106D5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Next</emph> and finally <emph>Finish</emph> to create the mail merge." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Master Documents and Subdocuments" +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"bm_id3145246\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>master documents;properties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subdocuments;properties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>central documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subsidiary documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>documents; master documents and subdocuments</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;master documents</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145246\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"par_id3149806\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"hd_id6537369\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Characteristics of Master Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"par_id3150096\n" +"13\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"par_id3153400\n" +"12\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"par_id3155854\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"par_id9033783\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"par_id3419598\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"par_id3155180\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"hd_id7904904\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Example of Using Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"par_id5817743\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"par_id9169591\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"par_id1590014\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"par_id5878780\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc.xhp\n" +"par_id3154382\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments" +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"bm_id3145246\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subdocuments;creating/editing/removing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;subdocuments</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145246\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id1522873\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153127\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Create a Master Document" +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3149634\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3149956\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Master Document</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3149612\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Open an existing document and choose <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3149873\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item> entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3145114\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Navigator</item> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> icon, and do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3156240\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose <emph>File</emph>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3145405\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id8550981\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To insert some text between subdocuments, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3153382\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154242\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Edit a Master Document" +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3154255\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3155879\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument in the Navigator." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3155931\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3148677\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3149982\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Move down</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Move up</item> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3153022\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To add an index, such as a table of contents, right-click in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3148949\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3153632\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To update an index in a master document, select the index in the Navigator, and then click the <emph>Update</emph> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_idN10C40\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master document, do not anchor the object \"to page\". Instead, set the anchor \"to paragraph\" on the <emph>Format - (Object type) - Type</emph> tab page, and then set the object's position relative to \"Entire Page\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> and <emph>Vertical</emph> list boxes." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153656\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page" +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3152760\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example \"Heading 1\"." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3153876\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the master document, choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3153907\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click \"Heading 1\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3147124\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Flow</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3149770\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Breaks</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then select “Page”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3150224\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select \"Right page\" in the box." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3145205\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145228\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Export a Master Document as a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Text Document" +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3150315\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Export</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3148580\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>File format</emph> list, select a text document file format and click <emph>Export</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id8371227\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The subdocuments will be exported as sections. Use <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections." +msgstr "" + +#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +msgctxt "" +"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" +"par_id3154382\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: header_footer.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_footer.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "About Headers and Footers" +msgstr "" + +#: header_footer.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_footer.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155863\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;about</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and footers</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: header_footer.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_footer.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155863\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"About Headers and Footers\">About Headers and Footers</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: header_footer.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_footer.xhp\n" +"par_id3154255\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document." +msgstr "" + +#: header_footer.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_footer.xhp\n" +"par_id3150511\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The page style for the current page is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: header_footer.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_footer.xhp\n" +"par_id3155896\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu." +msgstr "" + +#: header_footer.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_footer.xhp\n" +"par_id3147119\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu." +msgstr "" + +#: header_footer.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_footer.xhp\n" +"par_id3153726\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> tab, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer on</item>. Clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Same content left/right</item> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages." +msgstr "" + +#: header_footer.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_footer.xhp\n" +"par_id3146876\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: header_footer.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_footer.xhp\n" +"hd_id3150704\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Headers and Footers in HTML Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: header_footer.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_footer.xhp\n" +"par_id3150717\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Some of the header and footer options are also available for HTML documents. Headers and footers are not supported by HTML and instead are exported with special tags, so that they can be viewed in a browser. Headers and footers are only exported in HTML documents if they are enabled in Web Layout mode. When you reopen the document in $[officename], the headers and footers are displayed correctly, including any fields that you inserted." +msgstr "" + +#: header_footer.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_footer.xhp\n" +"par_id3153174\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Defining Different Headers and Footers" +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155920\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles; changing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining; headers/footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mirrored page layout</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155920\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Defining Different Headers and Footers\">Defining Different Headers and Footers</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3154263\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] provides several predefined page styles, such as <emph>First page</emph>, <emph>Left page</emph> and <emph>Right page</emph>, or you can create a custom page style." +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3147105\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page</item> tab, and in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Layout settings</item> area, choose “Mirrored” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page layout</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3150224\n" +"help.text" +msgid "For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even and odd pages in a document." +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3150929\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Open a new text document." +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3150946\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> and click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon in the Styles and Formatting sidebar deck." +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3150510\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3150536\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3153750\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3146865\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> box, select \"Left Page\"." +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3146889\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3150714\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, right-click \"Left Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3150748\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3153172\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3147061\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> box, select \"Right Page\"." +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3147086\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3145263\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles to apply the style to the current page." +msgstr "" + +#: header_pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3145284\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enter text or graphics in the header for the Left Page style. After the next page is added to your document, enter text or graphics in the header for the Right Page style." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer" +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155919\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>running titles in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>floating titles in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headers; chapter information</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter names in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>names; chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155919\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"par_id3153414\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must first set the outline numbering options for the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154244\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Create a Paragraph Style for Chapter Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"par_id3155874\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"par_id3155898\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, \"Heading 1\"." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"par_id3147124\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number</item> box, for example, \"1,2,3...\"." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"par_id3150219\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type \"Chapter\" followed by a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"par_id3150245\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enter a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">After</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"par_id3150949\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"hd_id3150505\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert the Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer" +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"par_id3150527\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Apply the paragraph style that you defined for chapter titles to the chapter headings in your document." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"par_id3153729\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"par_id3153762\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in the header or footer." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"par_id3146863\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Document</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"par_id3153175\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click \"Chapter\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list and \"Chapter number and name\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"par_id3147065\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_chapter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_chapter.xhp\n" +"par_id3147095\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The header on every page that uses the current page style automatically displays the chapter name and number." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_line.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Formatting Headers or Footers" +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_line.xhp\n" +"bm_id3154866\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;lines under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines; under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shadows;headers/footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders;for headers/footers</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_line.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154866\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Headers or Footers\">Formatting Headers or Footers</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3154243\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame or apply a border to the header or footer." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3155873\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item> and select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3147109\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Set the spacing options that you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3147128\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type=\"menuitem\">More</item>. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Border/Background</item> dialog opens." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3150520\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To add a separator line between the header or the footer and the content of the page, click the bottom edge of the square in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area. Click a line style in the <emph>Style</emph> box." +msgstr "" + +#: header_with_line.xhp +msgctxt "" +"header_with_line.xhp\n" +"par_id3153742\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Hiding Text" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"bm_id3148856\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text; hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections;hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;text, with conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variables;for hiding text</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"hd_id3148856\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link> </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3150103\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3153409\n" +"19\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"hd_id5174108\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Create a Variable" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3153131\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in your document and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3149640\n" +"21\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click \"Set Variable\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3149970\n" +"22\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click \"General\" in the <emph>Format </emph>list." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3149620\n" +"23\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">Hide</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3149869\n" +"24\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enter a value for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">1</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3145108\n" +"25\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To hide the variable in your document, select <emph>Invisible</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3149585\n" +"26\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"hd_id3156245\n" +"27\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Hide Text" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3145391\n" +"28\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in the document where you want to add the text." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3145409\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3155325\n" +"29\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click \"Hidden Text\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3154404\n" +"30\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3153371\n" +"31\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3154233\n" +"32\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154256\n" +"33\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Hide a Paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3154853\n" +"34\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3154872\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3155902\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click \"Hidden Paragraph\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3155947\n" +"36\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3149991\n" +"37\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3793450\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You must enable this feature by removing the check mark from menu <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any paragraph." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"hd_id3148675\n" +"38\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Hide a Section" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3148697\n" +"39\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text that you want to hide in your document." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3153019\n" +"9\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3148950\n" +"40\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item>, and then enter an expression in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3153636\n" +"41\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3846858\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id8148442\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3148603\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields - Other\">Insert - Field - More Fields</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3147011\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\">Insert - Section</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3147029\n" +"46\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text_display.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text_display.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Displaying Hidden Text" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text_display.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text_display.xhp\n" +"bm_id3148856\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>hidden text; displaying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>displaying;hidden text</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text_display.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text_display.xhp\n" +"hd_id3148856\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text_display.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text_display.xhp\n" +"par_id5659962\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text_display.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text_display.xhp\n" +"par_id3152777\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enable the check mark at <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text_display.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text_display.xhp\n" +"par_id3153902\n" +"44\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text_display.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text_display.xhp\n" +"par_id3147114\n" +"45\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph field, and change the condition statement." +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text_display.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text_display.xhp\n" +"par_id1865901\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: hidden_text_display.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hidden_text_display.xhp\n" +"par_id3147029\n" +"46\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: hyperlinks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyperlinks.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator" +msgstr "" + +#: hyperlinks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyperlinks.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155845\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; inserting from Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; hyperlinks from Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting with Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;inserting hyperlinks</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: hyperlinks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyperlinks.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155845\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator\">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: hyperlinks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyperlinks.xhp\n" +"par_id3155858\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> documents. If you click the hyperlink when the document is opened in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, you are taken to the cross-referenced item." +msgstr "" + +#: hyperlinks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyperlinks.xhp\n" +"par_id3149833\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Open the document(s) containing the items you want to cross-reference." +msgstr "" + +#: hyperlinks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyperlinks.xhp\n" +"par_id3148846\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: hyperlinks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyperlinks.xhp\n" +"par_id3156108\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drag Mode</item> icon, and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert as Hyperlink</item> is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: hyperlinks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyperlinks.xhp\n" +"par_id3153396\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the list at the bottom of the Navigator, select the document containing the item that you want to cross-reference." +msgstr "" + +#: hyperlinks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyperlinks.xhp\n" +"par_id3153416\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the Navigator list, click the plus sign next to the item that you want to insert as a hyperlink." +msgstr "" + +#: hyperlinks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyperlinks.xhp\n" +"par_id3153133\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Drag the item to where you want to insert the hyperlink in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: hyperlinks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyperlinks.xhp\n" +"par_id3149635\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The name of the item is inserted in the document as an underlined hyperlink." +msgstr "" + +#: hyphen_prevent.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words" +msgstr "" + +#: hyphen_prevent.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149695\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;preventing for specific words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific words</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: hyphen_prevent.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149695\n" +"20\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words\">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: hyphen_prevent.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" +"par_id5640125\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If your text is <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automatically hyphenated</link> and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words:" +msgstr "" + +#: hyphen_prevent.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" +"par_id3153634\n" +"40\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>" +msgstr "" + +#: hyphen_prevent.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" +"par_id3153658\n" +"41\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: hyphen_prevent.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" +"par_id3147125\n" +"43\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If the list is empty, click <emph>New</emph> to create a dictionary." +msgstr "" + +#: hyphen_prevent.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" +"par_id3150218\n" +"42\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, \"pretentious=\"." +msgstr "" + +#: hyphen_prevent.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" +"par_id3150247\n" +"65\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>New</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: hyphen_prevent.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" +"par_id3147036\n" +"29\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select \"None\" in the <emph>Language </emph>box." +msgstr "" + +#: hyphen_prevent.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" +"par_id0302200910262761\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Some words contain special characters that %PRODUCTNAME treats as a hyphen. If you do not want such words to be hyphenated, you can insert a special code that prevents hyphenation at the position where the special code is inserted. Proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: hyphen_prevent.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" +"par_id0302200910262850\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enable the special features of complex text layout (CTL) languages: Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - Language Settings - Languages</item> and check <emph>Enabled for complex text layout (CTL)</emph>. Click OK." +msgstr "" + +#: hyphen_prevent.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" +"par_id0302200910262837\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Position the cursor at the place where no hyphenation should occur." +msgstr "" + +#: hyphen_prevent.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" +"par_id0302200910262867\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Formatting Mark - No-width no break</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: hyphen_prevent.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" +"par_id0302200910572128\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Once the special character is inserted, you might disable CTL again. Support of CTL was only necessary to insert the special character." +msgstr "" + +#: hyphen_prevent.xhp +msgctxt "" +"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" +"par_id3154361\n" +"46\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: indenting.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indenting.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Indenting Paragraphs" +msgstr "" + +#: indenting.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indenting.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155869\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting; indenting paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indents;in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; indents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hanging indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>right indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; indents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: indenting.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indenting.xhp\n" +"hd_id129398\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"indenting\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\">Indenting Paragraphs</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: indenting.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indenting.xhp\n" +"par_id5589159\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the measurement units, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area." +msgstr "" + +#: indenting.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indenting.xhp\n" +"par_id9936216\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style." +msgstr "" + +#: indenting.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indenting.xhp\n" +"par_id7953123\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>. To display the ruler, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Ruler</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: indenting.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indenting.xhp\n" +"par_id4013794\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: indenting.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indenting.xhp\n" +"par_id1631824\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click a paragraph and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for all paragraphs that have the same Paragraph Style." +msgstr "" + +#: indenting.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indenting.xhp\n" +"par_id7271645\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number." +msgstr "" + +#: indenting.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indenting.xhp\n" +"par_id2136295\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text </item>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin." +msgstr "" + +#: indenting.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indenting.xhp\n" +"par_id4186223\n" +"help.text" +msgid "For a hanging indent, enter a positive value for <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text</item> and a negative value for <item type=\"menuitem\">First line</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: indenting.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indenting.xhp\n" +"par_id1491134\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_delete.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_delete.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_delete.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_delete.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155186\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;entries of indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;table/index entries</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_delete.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_delete.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155186\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries\">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_delete.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_delete.xhp\n" +"par_id3155855\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View</item> and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Field Shadings</item> is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_delete.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_delete.xhp\n" +"par_id3155507\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor immediately in front of the index entry in your document." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_delete.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_delete.xhp\n" +"par_id3155526\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_delete.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_delete.xhp\n" +"par_id3154238\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the entry, enter different text in the <emph>Entry</emph> box." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_delete.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_delete.xhp\n" +"par_id3154263\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To remove the entry, click <emph>Delete</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_delete.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_delete.xhp\n" +"par_id3155893\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Index Entry dialog\"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_edit.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_edit.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149695\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing/updating/deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing and deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_edit.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149695\n" +"56\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents\">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_edit.xhp\n" +"par_id3155856\n" +"57\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in the index or table of contents." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_edit.xhp\n" +"par_id3155871\n" +"59\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Enable</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Cursor in protected areas</item> section." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_edit.xhp\n" +"par_id3154248\n" +"58\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_edit.xhp\n" +"par_id3155872\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>, click <emph>Index or Table of Contents</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_enter.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_enter.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149689\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; defining entries in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; defining entries in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries; defining in indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_enter.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149689\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries\">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_enter.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155862\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Define Index Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_enter.xhp\n" +"par_id3156380\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use as an index entry." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_enter.xhp\n" +"par_id3147409\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_enter.xhp\n" +"par_id3153417\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in the <emph>Entry</emph> box. The text that you type here does not replace the selected text in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_enter.xhp\n" +"par_id3154258\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select <emph>Apply to all similar texts</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_enter.xhp\n" +"par_id3155889\n" +"10\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To add the entries to a custom index, click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_enter.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147119\n" +"12\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Define Table of Contents Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_enter.xhp\n" +"par_id3147132\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_enter.xhp\n" +"hd_id3150230\n" +"13\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Table of Contents Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_enter.xhp\n" +"par_id3150933\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> and click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_enter.xhp\n" +"par_id3150964\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of contents in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_enter.xhp\n" +"par_id3150523\n" +"16\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_enter.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_enter.xhp\n" +"par_id3153730\n" +"17\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>. You can now apply the style to headings in your document and include them in your table of contents." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155855\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing; index format</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries; in tables of contents, as hyperlinks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and tables of contents</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155855\n" +"38\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents\">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"par_id3154259\n" +"39\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155888\n" +"44\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"par_id3147110\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"par_id3147135\n" +"46\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"par_id3150229\n" +"47\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"par_id3150934\n" +"48\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"par_id3150960\n" +"56\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the assign button <emph><</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"par_id3150516\n" +"49\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"hd_id3146878\n" +"40\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"par_id3146890\n" +"50\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"par_id3150712\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"par_id3150738\n" +"42\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"par_id3148399\n" +"52\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"par_id3148424\n" +"53\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"par_id3153171\n" +"54\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in the box behind the <emph>E</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_form.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_form.xhp\n" +"par_id3147060\n" +"55\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or click the <item type=\"menuitem\">All</item> button to apply the formatting to all levels." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_index.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_index.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Creating Alphabetical Indexes" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_index.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_index.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155911\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>concordance files;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_index.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_index.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155911\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical Indexes\">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_index.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_index.xhp\n" +"par_id3154233\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the index." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_index.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_index.xhp\n" +"par_id3154252\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_index.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_index.xhp\n" +"par_id3155884\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <emph>Index or Table of Contents</emph> tab, select \"Alphabetical Index\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_index.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_index.xhp\n" +"par_id3147114\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you want to use a concordance file, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Concordance file</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">File</item> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_index.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_index.xhp\n" +"par_id3150223\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_index.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_index.xhp\n" +"par_id3150946\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_index.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_index.xhp\n" +"par_id3150502\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_index.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_index.xhp\n" +"par_id3152760\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Creating a concordance file\">Creating a concordance file</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Creating a Bibliography" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149687\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databases;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries;bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>storing bibliographic information</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149687\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Bibliography\">Creating a Bibliography</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3155864\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153402\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Storing Bibliographic Information" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3153414\n" +"help.text" +msgid "$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154244\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Store Information in the Bibliography Database" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3155872\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Bibliography Database\"><emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph></link>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3155900\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Record</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3147123\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3150219\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bibliography Database</item> window." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"hd_id3150242\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3150945\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3150964\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3150525\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select <emph>From document content</emph> and click <emph>New</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3153738\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3153763\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the publication source for the record in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3146873\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3146897\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert Bibliography Entry</item> dialog, click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"hd_id3150741\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3148402\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3148421\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3153231\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select <emph>From bibliography database</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3147059\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3147085\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id3156060\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Database\">Bibliography Database</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_literature.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_literature.xhp\n" +"par_id6367076\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Some external tools exist that can interact with %PRODUCTNAME. One example is called <link href=\"http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\">Bibus</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_multidoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_multidoc.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Indexes Covering Several Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_multidoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_multidoc.xhp\n" +"bm_id3153418\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;multiple documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>multiple documents;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>master documents;indexes</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_multidoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_multidoc.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153418\n" +"43\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indexes Covering Several Documents\">Indexes Covering Several Documents</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_multidoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_multidoc.xhp\n" +"par_id3155872\n" +"44\n" +"help.text" +msgid "There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_multidoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_multidoc.xhp\n" +"par_id3155895\n" +"42\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Create an <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each individual document\">index in each individual document</link>, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_multidoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_multidoc.xhp\n" +"par_id3147118\n" +"45\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select each index, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Browse</item> button, and then locate and insert a named index section." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_multidoc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_multidoc.xhp\n" +"par_id3150230\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Create a <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_toc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_toc.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Creating a Table of Contents" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_toc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_toc.xhp\n" +"bm_id3147104\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating and updating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating; tables of contents</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_toc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_toc.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147104\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Table of Contents\">Creating a Table of Contents</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_toc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_toc.xhp\n" +"par_id3150942\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you can then create a table of contents." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_toc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_toc.xhp\n" +"hd_id5876949\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert a Table of Contents" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_toc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_toc.xhp\n" +"par_id3150510\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_toc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_toc.xhp\n" +"par_id3150528\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Index or Table of Contents\"><emph>Index or Table of Contents</emph></link> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_toc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_toc.xhp\n" +"par_id3153746\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select \"Table of Contents\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_toc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_toc.xhp\n" +"par_id3146856\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select any options that you want." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_toc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_toc.xhp\n" +"par_id3146872\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_toc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_toc.xhp\n" +"par_id3146896\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional Styles</item> check box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Create from</item> area, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign styles</item> button next to the check box. In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign Styles</item> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> button to define the outline level for the paragraph style." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_toc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_toc.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153148\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Update a Table of Contents" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_toc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_toc.xhp\n" +"par_id3153161\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_toc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_toc.xhp\n" +"par_id3153183\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click in the table of contents and choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_toc.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_toc.xhp\n" +"par_id3147066\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "User-Defined Indexes" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"bm_id3154896\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154896\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined Indexes\">User-Defined Indexes</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"par_id3155184\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155915\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Create a User-Defined Index" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"par_id3155867\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select a word or words that you want to add to a user-defined index." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"par_id3153410\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"par_id3154248\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">New User-defined Index</item> button next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"par_id3155886\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type a name for the index in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"par_id3147114\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> to add the selected word(s) to the new index." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"par_id3147139\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"hd_id3150231\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert a User-Defined Index" +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"par_id3150933\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the index." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"par_id3150952\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"par_id3150509\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index or Table of Contents</item> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"par_id3146881\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select any options that you want." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"par_id3146897\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: indices_userdef.xhp +msgctxt "" +"indices_userdef.xhp\n" +"par_id3150720\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional styles</item>, and then click the (<item type=\"menuitem\">Assign styles</item>) button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> button to define the outline level for the paragraph style." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_beforetable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_beforetable.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_beforetable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_beforetable.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149688\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;start/end of document</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;inserting before/after tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;paragraphs before/after tables</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_beforetable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_beforetable.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149688\n" +"54\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page\">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_beforetable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_beforetable.xhp\n" +"par_id3155923\n" +"55\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> or <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_beforetable.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_beforetable.xhp\n" +"par_idN10612\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting Graphics" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic.xhp\n" +"bm_id3154922\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images; inserting in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting options</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154922\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics\">Inserting Graphics</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic.xhp\n" +"par_id3149695\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting a Graphic From a File" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n" +"bm_id3154896\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by dialog</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; pictures, by dialog</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154896\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Graphic From a File\">Inserting a Graphic From a File</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n" +"par_id3155914\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the graphic." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n" +"par_id3155864\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Image - From File\"><emph>Insert - Image - From File</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n" +"par_id3156021\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Locate the graphic file that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n" +"par_id3153396\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n" +"bm_id3152999\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>charts;copying from Calc into Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; charts from $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;inserting Calc charts</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n" +"hd_id3152999\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document\">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n" +"par_id3155890\n" +"16\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n" +"par_id3149054\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n" +"par_id3155854\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n" +"par_id3153396\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n" +"par_id3153414\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n" +"par_id3145102\n" +"9\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155917\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures from Draw</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Draw</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155917\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress\">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n" +"par_id3153414\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Open the document where you want to insert the object." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n" +"par_id3149640\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to copy." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n" +"par_id3145098\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Hold down <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> and click and hold the object for a moment." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n" +"par_id3156250\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Drag to the document where you want to insert the object." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n" +"bm_id3145083\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;objects from Gallery</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145083\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop\">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n" +"par_id3155907\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n" +"par_id3155923\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting a Scanned Image" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n" +"bm_id3156017\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;scanned images</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; scanning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n" +"hd_id3156017\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Scanned Image\">Inserting a Scanned Image</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n" +"par_id3149692\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n" +"par_id3155182\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">The scanner must support the TWAIN standard. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"UNIX\">The scanner must support the SANE standard.</caseinline></switchinline>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n" +"par_id3155915\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n" +"par_id3155864\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Media - Scan\"><emph>Insert - Media - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n" +"par_id3153416\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Follow the scanning instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n" +"bm_id3145078\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>tab stops; inserting in lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering; changing the level of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>levels;changing outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lowering outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rising outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;outline levels</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145078\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists\">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3155909\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph down one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3155859\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph up one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3153403\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: join_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Combining Numbered Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: join_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"bm_id3150495\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; combining</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>joining;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;combining numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: join_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"hd_id3150495\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Combining Numbered Lists\">Combining Numbered Lists</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: join_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"par_id3149692\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can combine numbered lists into a single consecutively numbered list." +msgstr "" + +#: join_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149452\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Combine Consecutive Numbered Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: join_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"par_id3154479\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select all of the paragraphs in the lists." +msgstr "" + +#: join_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"par_id3155911\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice." +msgstr "" + +#: join_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155870\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Create a Numbered List From Non-consecutive Paragraphs:" +msgstr "" + +#: join_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"par_id3153417\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Hold down Ctrl and drag a selection in the first numbered paragraph. You only have to select one character." +msgstr "" + +#: join_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"par_id3149644\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Continue to hold down Ctrl, and drag a selection in each numbered paragraph of the lists you want to combine." +msgstr "" + +#: join_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"par_id3145102\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice." +msgstr "" + +#: jump2statusbar.xhp +msgctxt "" +"jump2statusbar.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Going to Specific Bookmark" +msgstr "" + +#: jump2statusbar.xhp +msgctxt "" +"jump2statusbar.xhp\n" +"bm_id3145778\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>bookmarks; positioning cursor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>jumping;to bookmarks</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: jump2statusbar.xhp +msgctxt "" +"jump2statusbar.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145778\n" +"30\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Going to Specific Bookmark\">Going to Specific Bookmark</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: jump2statusbar.xhp +msgctxt "" +"jump2statusbar.xhp\n" +"par_id3155178\n" +"31\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To go to a specific bookmark in your document, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">hold down Ctrl and click </caseinline><defaultinline>right-click</defaultinline></switchinline> in the <emph>Page</emph> field on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>, and then choose the bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#: jump2statusbar.xhp +msgctxt "" +"jump2statusbar.xhp\n" +"par_id3153396\n" +"32\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Bookmark\">Insert Bookmark</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)" +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"bm_id3151169\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"hd_id3151169\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)\">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"par_id3149685\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press the keys <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character to run a command. For example, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> menu, and then T to insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"par_id3155186\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape." +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155918\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert Sections" +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"par_idN106AA\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"par_id3155870\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"par_id3149630\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Section</emph> icon is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"par_id3145100\n" +"20\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the width of the section that you want to insert." +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"par_id3156237\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"par_id3156253\n" +"19\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document." +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153367\n" +"13\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert Text Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"par_id3153388\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Standard</item> toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"par_id3154849\n" +"21\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Table</emph> icon is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"par_id3155872\n" +"22\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number of columns and rows to include in the table." +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"par_id3155892\n" +"24\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#: keyboard.xhp +msgctxt "" +"keyboard.xhp\n" +"par_idN1072C\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document." +msgstr "" + +#: load_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"load_styles.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Using Styles From Another Document or Template" +msgstr "" + +#: load_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"load_styles.xhp\n" +"bm_id3145086\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; importing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; importing from other files</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: load_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"load_styles.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145086\n" +"10\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"Using Styles From Another Document or Template\">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: load_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"load_styles.xhp\n" +"par_id3154491\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can import styles from another document or template into the current document." +msgstr "" + +#: load_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"load_styles.xhp\n" +"par_id3155910\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> sidebar deck." +msgstr "" + +#: load_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"load_styles.xhp\n" +"par_idN10703\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon to open the submenu." +msgstr "" + +#: load_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"load_styles.xhp\n" +"par_idN1070B\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Load styles</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: load_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"load_styles.xhp\n" +"par_id3149632\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: load_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"load_styles.xhp\n" +"par_id3145098\n" +"16\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: load_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"load_styles.xhp\n" +"par_id3156240\n" +"17\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click an entry in the <emph>Categories</emph> list, then click the template containing the styles that you want to use in the <emph>Templates</emph> list, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: load_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"load_styles.xhp\n" +"par_id3153377\n" +"13\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>From File</emph>, locate the file containing the styles that you want to use, and then click name, and then click <emph>Open</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"main.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer" +msgstr "" + +#: main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"main.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155855\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; instructions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>instructions; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"main.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155855\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"main.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155156\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Entering and Formatting Text" +msgstr "" + +#: main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"main.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153728\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Automatically Entering and Formatting Text" +msgstr "" + +#: main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"main.xhp\n" +"hd_id3150742\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"main.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147088\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Editing Tables in Text" +msgstr "" + +#: main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"main.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155590\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork" +msgstr "" + +#: main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"main.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145083\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Table of Contents, Index" +msgstr "" + +#: main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"main.xhp\n" +"hd_id3150427\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Headings, Types of Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"main.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154464\n" +"9\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Headers, Footers, Footnotes" +msgstr "" + +#: main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"main.xhp\n" +"hd_id3152948\n" +"10\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Editing Other Objects in Text" +msgstr "" + +#: main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"main.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154324\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation" +msgstr "" + +#: main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"main.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145673\n" +"12\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"main.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145730\n" +"13\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Working with Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: main.xhp +msgctxt "" +"main.xhp\n" +"hd_id3156315\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: navigator.xhp +msgctxt "" +"navigator.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Navigator for Text Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: navigator.xhp +msgctxt "" +"navigator.xhp\n" +"bm_id3154897\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in texts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to, within text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>jumping;to text elements</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text documents</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: navigator.xhp +msgctxt "" +"navigator.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154897\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator for Text Documents\">Navigator for Text Documents</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: navigator.xhp +msgctxt "" +"navigator.xhp\n" +"par_id3153402\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The Navigator displays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks." +msgstr "" + +#: navigator.xhp +msgctxt "" +"navigator.xhp\n" +"par_id3154247\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To open the <emph>Navigator</emph>, press F5." +msgstr "" + +#: navigator.xhp +msgctxt "" +"navigator.xhp\n" +"par_id3155878\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box." +msgstr "" + +#: navigator.xhp +msgctxt "" +"navigator.xhp\n" +"par_id3147108\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: nonprintable_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"nonprintable_text.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Creating Non-printing Text" +msgstr "" + +#: nonprintable_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"nonprintable_text.xhp\n" +"bm_id3148856\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; non-printable</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: nonprintable_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"nonprintable_text.xhp\n" +"hd_id3148856\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: nonprintable_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"nonprintable_text.xhp\n" +"par_id4685201\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To create text that is not to be printed do the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: nonprintable_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"nonprintable_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3149789\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item> and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: nonprintable_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"nonprintable_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3150224\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame." +msgstr "" + +#: nonprintable_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"nonprintable_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3150242\n" +"16\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame/Object</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: nonprintable_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"nonprintable_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3145227\n" +"17\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: nonprintable_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"nonprintable_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3150320\n" +"18\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: nonprintable_text.xhp +msgctxt "" +"nonprintable_text.xhp\n" +"par_id3138828\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: number_date_conv.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_date_conv.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: number_date_conv.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_date_conv.xhp\n" +"bm_id3156383\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>numbers; automatic recognition in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; number recognition</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dates;formatting automatically in tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>recognition;numbers</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: number_date_conv.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_date_conv.xhp\n" +"hd_id3156383\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables\">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: number_date_conv.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_date_conv.xhp\n" +"par_id3155179\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "$[officename] can automatically format dates that you have entered into a table, according to the regional settings specified in your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: number_date_conv.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_date_conv.xhp\n" +"par_id3149966\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: number_date_conv.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_date_conv.xhp\n" +"par_id3155919\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click in a table cell and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item>. When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> command." +msgstr "" + +#: number_date_conv.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_date_conv.xhp\n" +"par_id3155527\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and select or clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: number_date_conv.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_date_conv.xhp\n" +"par_id3153415\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: number_sequence.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_sequence.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Defining Number Ranges" +msgstr "" + +#: number_sequence.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_sequence.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149695\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;quotations/similar items</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: number_sequence.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_sequence.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149695\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Defining Number Ranges\">Defining Number Ranges</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: number_sequence.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_sequence.xhp\n" +"par_id3155918\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your document." +msgstr "" + +#: number_sequence.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_sequence.xhp\n" +"par_id3149829\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type the text that you want to assign numbering to, for example, \"Quotation Number \"." +msgstr "" + +#: number_sequence.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_sequence.xhp\n" +"par_id3155048\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: number_sequence.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_sequence.xhp\n" +"par_id3156240\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click \"Number range\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list." +msgstr "" + +#: number_sequence.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_sequence.xhp\n" +"par_id3153363\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type \"Quotation\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: number_sequence.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_sequence.xhp\n" +"par_id3153387\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: number_sequence.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_sequence.xhp\n" +"par_id3154250\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type a number in the <emph>Value</emph> box, or leave the box empty to use automatic numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: number_sequence.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_sequence.xhp\n" +"par_id3154851\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the outline level where you want the numbering to restart in the <emph>Level </emph>box." +msgstr "" + +#: number_sequence.xhp +msgctxt "" +"number_sequence.xhp\n" +"par_id3155886\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Adding Line Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"bm_id3150101\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering; lines</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbers; line numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>marginal numbers on text pages</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"hd_id3150101\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Adding Line Numbers\">Adding Line Numbers</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3149842\n" +"help.text" +msgid "$[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id7184972\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Line numbers are not available in HTML format." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153410\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Add Line Numbers to an Entire Document" +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3149640\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3149612\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>, and then select the options that you want." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3145101\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"hd_id3156241\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Add Line Numbers to Specific Paragraphs" +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3156264\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3153385\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3154248\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3154853\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click the \"Default\" paragraph style and choose <emph>Modify</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3150222\n" +"help.text" +msgid "All paragraph styles are based on the \"Default\" style." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3150931\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3150956\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Numbering</item> area, clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3150520\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3151077\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the paragraph(s) where you want to add the line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3151096\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3153733\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3153758\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3146864\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also create a paragraph style that includes line numbering, and apply it to the paragraphs that you want to add line numbers to." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"hd_id3146880\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Specify the Starting Line Number" +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3150703\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in a paragraph." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3150721\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3148389\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3148414\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Restart at the paragraph</item> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3153779\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enter a line number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start with</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3153804\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3153934\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Line Numbering\">Tools - Line Numbering</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id3153960\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Numbering\">Format - Paragraph - Numbering</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_lines.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_lines.xhp\n" +"par_id2212591\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_paras.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_paras.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List" +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_paras.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_paras.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149637\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; removing/interrupting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullet lists; interrupting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;removing/interrupting numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;numbers in lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>interrupting numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;starting numbers in lists</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_paras.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_paras.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149637\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List\">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_paras.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_paras.xhp\n" +"par_id3145092\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in a numbered list or change the number that a numbered list starts with." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_paras.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_paras.xhp\n" +"par_id2172612\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> menu command to assign a numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_paras.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_paras.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145107\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Remove the Number From a Paragraph in a Numbered List" +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_paras.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_paras.xhp\n" +"par_id3156248\n" +"10\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to remove the numbering from." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_paras.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_paras.xhp\n" +"par_id3153366\n" +"23\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_paras.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_paras.xhp\n" +"par_id3153390\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the Backspace key." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_paras.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_paras.xhp\n" +"par_id3154248\n" +"16\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the <emph>Numbering on/off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. If you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_paras.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_paras.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154856\n" +"18\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Change the Number That a Numbered List Starts With" +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_paras.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_paras.xhp\n" +"par_id3155877\n" +"24\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click anywhere in the numbered list." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_paras.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_paras.xhp\n" +"par_id3155895\n" +"21\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_paras.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_paras.xhp\n" +"par_id3148691\n" +"22\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start at</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_paras.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_paras.xhp\n" +"par_id3147116\n" +"25\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: numbering_paras.xhp +msgctxt "" +"numbering_paras.xhp\n" +"par_id6943571\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: page_break.xhp +msgctxt "" +"page_break.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks" +msgstr "" + +#: page_break.xhp +msgctxt "" +"page_break.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155183\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>page breaks; inserting and deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; inserting/deleting page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;deleting page breaks before</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: page_break.xhp +msgctxt "" +"page_break.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155183\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks\">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: page_break.xhp +msgctxt "" +"page_break.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149833\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert a Manual Page Break" +msgstr "" + +#: page_break.xhp +msgctxt "" +"page_break.xhp\n" +"par_id3153402\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in your document where you want the new page to begin." +msgstr "" + +#: page_break.xhp +msgctxt "" +"page_break.xhp\n" +"par_id3153119\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press Ctrl+Enter." +msgstr "" + +#: page_break.xhp +msgctxt "" +"page_break.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153135\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break" +msgstr "" + +#: page_break.xhp +msgctxt "" +"page_break.xhp\n" +"par_id3149641\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual page break." +msgstr "" + +#: page_break.xhp +msgctxt "" +"page_break.xhp\n" +"par_id3149608\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press Backspace." +msgstr "" + +#: page_break.xhp +msgctxt "" +"page_break.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149624\n" +"10\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break That Occurs Before a Table" +msgstr "" + +#: page_break.xhp +msgctxt "" +"page_break.xhp\n" +"par_id3145111\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click in the table, and choose <emph>Table</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: page_break.xhp +msgctxt "" +"page_break.xhp\n" +"par_id3156254\n" +"13\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: page_break.xhp +msgctxt "" +"page_break.xhp\n" +"par_id3153380\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: page_break.xhp +msgctxt "" +"page_break.xhp\n" +"par_id3154249\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Changing Page Backgrounds" +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"bm_id8431653\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>backgrounds; different pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;page backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;backgrounds</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN107F4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Changing Page Background</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN10812\n" +"help.text" +msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN10820\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Change the Page Background" +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN10827\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN1082F\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN10837\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN1083F\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN1084B\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN10855\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To only apply the new page style to a single page, select \"Default\"." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN10859\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To apply the new page style to all subsequent pages, select the name of the new page style." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN1085F\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN10867\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the list box at the top, select whether you want a solid color or a graphic. Then select your options from the tab page." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN1086B\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN1087A\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document" +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN1087E\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN10892\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN1089A\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN108A2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Double-click the page style that uses the page background that you want to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN108A5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document" +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN108A9\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN108BD\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph where you want to change the page background." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN108C1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN108C9\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN108D1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select a page style that uses the page background." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN108DB\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the background of the current page only, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to \"Default\"." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN108DF\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the background of the current and subsequent pages, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to the name of the page style." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN108E2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you want to change the page background later on in the document, repeat steps 1 to 3." +msgstr "" + +#: pagebackground.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagebackground.xhp\n" +"par_idN108E8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Page Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"bm_id5918759\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>page numbers;inserting/defining/formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles;page numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>starting page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;starting page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;page numbers</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"hd_id413830\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\">Page Numbers</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id1617175\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"hd_id6091494\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert Page Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id8611102\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph> to insert a page number at the current cursor position." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id6604510\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you see the text \"Page number\" instead of the number, choose <emph>View - Field names</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id2678914\n" +"help.text" +msgid "However, these fields will change position when you add or remove text. So it is best to insert the page number field into a header or footer that has the same position and that is repeated on every page." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id614642\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header - (name of page style)</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Footer - (name of page style)</item> to add a header or footer to all pages with the current page style." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"hd_id2551652\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Start With a Defined Page Number" +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id6111941\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Now you want some more control on page numbers. You are writing a text document that should start with page number 12." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id5757621\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click into the first paragraph of your document." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id2632831\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Text flow</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id4395275\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the Breaks area, enable <emph>Insert</emph>. Enable <emph>With Page Style</emph> just to be able to set the new <emph>Page number</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id1654408\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The new page number is an attribute of the first paragraph of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"hd_id7519150\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Format the Page Number Style" +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id9029206\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You want roman page numbers running i, ii, iii, iv, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id3032319\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id9139378\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select a number format and click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"hd_id5051728\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Using Different Page Number Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id1558885\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You need some pages with the roman numbering style, followed by the remaining pages in another style." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id1541184\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In Writer, you will need different page styles. The first page style has a footer with a page number field formatted for roman numbers. The following page style has a footer with a page number field formatted in another look." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id18616\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Both page styles must be separated by a page break. In Writer, you can have automatic page breaks and manually inserted page breaks." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id6138492\n" +"help.text" +msgid "An <emph>automatic page break</emph> appears at the end of a page when the page style has a different \"next style\"." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id4569231\n" +"help.text" +msgid "For example, the \"First Page\" page style has \"Default\" as the next style. To see this, you may press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles and Formatting</item> window, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon, right-click the First Page entry. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Modify</item> from the context menu. On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab, you can see the \"next style\"." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id291451\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A <emph>manually inserted page break</emph> can be applied without or with a change of page styles." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id3341776\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you just press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item>, you apply a page break without a change of styles." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id5947141\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you choose <emph>Insert - Manual break</emph>, you can insert a page break without or with a change of style or with a change of page number." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id1911679\n" +"help.text" +msgid "It depends on your document what is best: to use a manually inserted page break between page styles, or to use an automatic change. If you just need one title page with a different style than the other pages, you can use the automatic method:" +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"hd_id9364909\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Apply a Different Page Style to the First Page" +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id4473403\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click into the first page of your document." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id4313791\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id4331797\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id4191717\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Double-click the \"First Page\" style." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id2318796\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Now your title page has the style \"First Page\", and the next pages automatically have the \"Default\" style." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id399182\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can now for example insert a footer for the \"Default\" page atyle only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"hd_id5298318\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Apply a Manually Inserted Page Style Change" +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id7588732\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id95828\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>. You see the <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id3496200\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list box, select a page style. You may set a new page number, too. Click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagenumbers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagenumbers.xhp\n" +"par_id7599108\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The selected page style will be used from the current paragraph to the next page break with style. You may need to create the new page style first." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Changing Page Orientation (Landscape or Portrait)" +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"bm_id9683828\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;orientation/scope</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page formats; changing individual pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; changing individual pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>portrait and landscape</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>landscape and portrait</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;portrait/landscape format</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>orientation of pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;orientation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scope of page styles</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_idN106FF\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">Changing Page Orientation</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id6418042\n" +"help.text" +msgid "All page properties for Writer text documents, like for example the page orientation, are defined by page styles. By default, a new text document uses the “Default” page style for all pages. If you open an existing text document, different page styles may have been applied to the different pages." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id8324533\n" +"help.text" +msgid "It is important to know that changes that you apply to a page property will only affect the pages that use the current page style. The current page style is listed in the Status Bar at the lower window border." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id7524033\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Change the Page Orientation for All Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id6307260\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If your text document consists only of pages with the same page style, you can change the page properties directly:" +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id5256508\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id9681997\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id7994323\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id7069002\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"hd_id4202398\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Change the Page Orientation Only for Some Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_idN1071D\n" +"help.text" +msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a document. Page styles define more page properties, as for example header and footer or page margins. You can either change the “Default” page style for the current document, or you can define own page styles and apply those page styles to any parts of your text." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id1449324\n" +"help.text" +msgid "At the end of this help page, we'll discuss the scope of page styles in detail. If you are unsure about the page style concept, please read the section at the end of this page." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id1480758\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Unlike character styles or paragraph styles, the page styles don't know a hierarchy. You can create a new page style based on the properties of an existing page style, but when you later change the source style, the new page style does not automatically inherit the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id2962126\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page style, you first need a page style, then apply that style:" +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_idN10727\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_idN10741\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_idN10749\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click a page style and choose <emph>New</emph>. The new page style initially gets all properties of the selected page style." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_idN10751\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example \"My Landscape\"." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_idN1075D\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page that follows a page with the new style. See the section about the scope of page styles at the end of this help page." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_idN10775\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_idN1077D\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_idN108AE\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id1658375\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Now you have defined a proper page style with the name \"My Landscape\". To apply the new style, double-click the \"My Landscape\" page style in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. All pages in the current scope of page styles will be changed. If you defined the \"next style\" to be a different style, only the first page of the current scope of page styles will be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"hd_id6082949\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The Scope of Page Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id2858668\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You should be aware of the scope of page styles in %PRODUCTNAME. Which pages of your text document get affected by editing a page style?" +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"hd_id3278603\n" +"help.text" +msgid "One Page Long Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id5169225\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the \"next style\", on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id6670125\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A one page long style starts from the lower border of the current page style range up to the next page break. The next page break appears automatically when the text flows to the next page, which is sometimes called a \"soft page break\". Alternatively, you can insert a manual page break." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id2118594\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To insert a manual page break at the cursor position, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item> or choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item> and just click OK." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"hd_id166020\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Manually Defined Range of a Page style" +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id6386913\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The “Default” page style does not set a different \"next style\" on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page. Instead, the \"next style\" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by \"page breaks with style\". All the pages between any two \"page breaks with style\" use the same page style." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id6062196\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can insert a \"page break with style\" directly at the cursor position. Alternatively, you can apply the \"page break with style\" property to a paragraph or to a paragraph style." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id6054261\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Perform any one of the following commands:" +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id1811578\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To insert a \"page break with style\" at the cursor position, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the listbox, and click OK." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id9935911\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id4753868\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox." +msgstr "" + +#: pageorientation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pageorientation.xhp\n" +"par_id4744407\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox." +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Creating and Applying Page Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"bm_id7071138\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;creating and applying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;for pages</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155182\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3149846\n" +"help.text" +msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must create and apply a custom page style to the page." +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"hd_id3156109\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Define a New Page Style" +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3153411\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3153133\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3149641\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3149614\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box." +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3145110\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3156252\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To apply the custom page style to a single page, select the default page style that is used in your document in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box." +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3153376\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To apply the custom page style to more than one page, select its name in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box. To stop using the style, insert a manual page break and assign it a different page style." +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3154252\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154851\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Apply a Page Style" +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3154873\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to." +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3155888\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Style</item> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3148685\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Double-click a name in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"hd_id3148701\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Apply a Page Style to a New Page" +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3147122\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in the document where you want a new page to start." +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3150210\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3150235\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3150939\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break." +msgstr "" + +#: pagestyles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"pagestyles.xhp\n" +"par_id3150965\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: print_brochure.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_brochure.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Printing a Brochure" +msgstr "" + +#: print_brochure.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_brochure.xhp\n" +"bm_id6743064\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; individual brochures</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>booklet printing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brochures; printing individual</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: print_brochure.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_brochure.xhp\n" +"par_idN105F6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">Printing a Brochure</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: print_brochure.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_brochure.xhp\n" +"par_idN10614\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can print a Writer document as a brochure or a booklet. That is, Writer prints two pages on each side of the paper, so that when you fold the paper, you can read the document as a book." +msgstr "" + +#: print_brochure.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_brochure.xhp\n" +"par_idN106DE\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you create a document that you want to print as a brochure, use portrait orientation for the pages. Writer applies the brochure layout when you print the document." +msgstr "" + +#: print_brochure.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_brochure.xhp\n" +"par_idN1061A\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Print a Brochure" +msgstr "" + +#: print_brochure.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_brochure.xhp\n" +"par_idN10621\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: print_brochure.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_brochure.xhp\n" +"par_idN106B6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: print_brochure.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_brochure.xhp\n" +"par_idN1070E\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape." +msgstr "" + +#: print_brochure.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_brochure.xhp\n" +"par_id8947416\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the \"duplex - short edge\" setting in your printer setup dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: print_brochure.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_brochure.xhp\n" +"par_idN10628\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialog, and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page." +msgstr "" + +#: print_brochure.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_brochure.xhp\n" +"par_idN1062C\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select <emph>Brochure</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: print_brochure.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_brochure.xhp\n" +"par_idN10740\n" +"help.text" +msgid "For a printer that automatically prints on both sides of a page, specify to include \"All pages\"." +msgstr "" + +#: print_brochure.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_brochure.xhp\n" +"par_idN10630\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: print_brochure.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_brochure.xhp\n" +"par_idN106EA\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, select <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>, and then print the document again." +msgstr "" + +#: print_preview.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_preview.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Previewing a Page Before Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: print_preview.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_preview.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155179\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; previews</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>previews; print layouts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>print layout checks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>book view</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;previews</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: print_preview.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_preview.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155179\n" +"9\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Previewing a Page Before Printing\">Previewing a Page Before Printing</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: print_preview.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_preview.xhp\n" +"par_id3149847\n" +"34\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>File</emph> - <emph>Print Preview</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: print_preview.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_preview.xhp\n" +"par_id3155055\n" +"35\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use the zoom icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to reduce or enlarge the view of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: print_preview.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_preview.xhp\n" +"par_idN1067F\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: print_preview.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_preview.xhp\n" +"par_id3145093\n" +"36\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to scroll through the document." +msgstr "" + +#: print_preview.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_preview.xhp\n" +"par_id3154265\n" +"37\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"File - Print Preview\">File - Print Preview</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: print_small.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_small.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: print_small.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_small.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149694\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-page view of documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;printing multiple on one sheet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overviews;printing multi-page view</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple pages</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: print_small.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_small.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149694\n" +"17\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"print_small\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" name=\"Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet\">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: print_small.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_small.xhp\n" +"par_id3149829\n" +"16\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: print_small.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_small.xhp\n" +"par_id3156098\n" +"19\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph> and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: print_small.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_small.xhp\n" +"par_id3155055\n" +"31\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: print_small.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_small.xhp\n" +"par_id3149603\n" +"20\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To print two pages side by side on the same sheet, select \"2\" in the <emph>Pages per sheet</emph> box." +msgstr "" + +#: print_small.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_small.xhp\n" +"par_id3153388\n" +"22\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To print multiple pages on the same sheet, select the number of pages per sheet and optionally set the order of pages. The small preview shows the arrangement of pages." +msgstr "" + +#: print_small.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_small.xhp\n" +"par_id3154841\n" +"21\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: print_small.xhp +msgctxt "" +"print_small.xhp\n" +"par_id3150004\n" +"23\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"File - Print Preview\">File - Print Preview</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: printer_tray.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printer_tray.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Selecting printer paper trays" +msgstr "" + +#: printer_tray.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printer_tray.xhp\n" +"bm_id6609088\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;paper trays</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paper tray selection</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: printer_tray.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printer_tray.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155909\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">Selecting Printer Paper Trays</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: printer_tray.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printer_tray.xhp\n" +"par_id3155858\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in your document." +msgstr "" + +#: printer_tray.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printer_tray.xhp\n" +"par_id3149841\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: printer_tray.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printer_tray.xhp\n" +"par_id3156108\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: printer_tray.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printer_tray.xhp\n" +"par_id3155066\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click the page style in the list that you want to specify the paper source for, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: printer_tray.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printer_tray.xhp\n" +"par_id3153416\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper tray</item> box, select the paper tray that you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: printer_tray.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printer_tray.xhp\n" +"par_id3153140\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: printer_tray.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printer_tray.xhp\n" +"par_id3149649\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Repeat steps 1-5 for each page style that you want to specify the paper for." +msgstr "" + +#: printer_tray.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printer_tray.xhp\n" +"par_id3149616\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Apply the page style to the pages that you want." +msgstr "" + +#: printer_tray.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printer_tray.xhp\n" +"par_id3154260\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and applying page styles\">Creating and applying page styles</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: printing_order.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printing_order.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Printing in Reverse Order" +msgstr "" + +#: printing_order.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printing_order.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149688\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: printing_order.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printing_order.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149688\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"Printing in Reverse Order\">Printing in Reverse Order</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: printing_order.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printing_order.xhp\n" +"par_id3155854\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: printing_order.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printing_order.xhp\n" +"par_id3149836\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>General</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: printing_order.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printing_order.xhp\n" +"par_id3156106\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: printing_order.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printing_order.xhp\n" +"par_id3153418\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: printing_order.xhp +msgctxt "" +"printing_order.xhp\n" +"par_id3149616\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Printing\">Printing</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer" +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"bm_id3150620\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents;unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;protecting/unprotecting cells</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>unprotecting tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>protecting;tables and sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"hd_id6007263\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"protection\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\" name=\"Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer\">Protecting Content in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</item></link> </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id1924802\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from being modified, deleted or viewed." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"hd_id3150114\n" +"29\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Protecting Sections in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer" +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3150592\n" +"30\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Any section of a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text document can be protected against changes with a password." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id4545426\n" +"help.text" +msgid "This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the section against accidental changes." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3166413\n" +"31\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Turning on protection" +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3144764\n" +"32\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text. Choose <emph>Insert - Section - Section</emph>, then under <emph>Write protection</emph> mark the <emph>Protect</emph> and <emph>With password</emph> check boxes. (If the section already exists: <emph>Format - Sections</emph>.) Enter and confirm a password of at least one character." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3147497\n" +"33\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Turning off protection" +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3147173\n" +"34\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Sections - Section</emph> and under <emph>Write protection</emph> clear the <emph>Protect</emph> check box. Enter the correct password." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"hd_id3146081\n" +"35\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Protecting Cells in a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer Table" +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3154480\n" +"36\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can protect the contents of individual cells of a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text table from changes." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id363170\n" +"help.text" +msgid "This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the cells against accidental changes." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3154360\n" +"37\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Turning on protection" +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3145643\n" +"38\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in a cell or select cells. Right-click to open the context menu, then choose <emph>Cell - Protect</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3150042\n" +"39\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Turning off protection" +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3155178\n" +"40\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in the cell or select the cells. First, if necessary, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph> and mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>. Then right-click the cell to open the context menu, choose <emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3151189\n" +"41\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the table in the Navigator, open the context menu and select <emph>Table - Unprotect</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3147322\n" +"42\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use Shift+Ctrl+T to remove protection for the entire current table or all selected tables." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149259\n" +"43\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Automatic Protection of Indexes and Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3153966\n" +"44\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Tables of contents and indexes created automatically in a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text are automatically protected against accidental changes." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id814539\n" +"help.text" +msgid "This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the contents against accidental changes." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3145767\n" +"45\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Turning on protection" +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3153786\n" +"46\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in the index/table of contents." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3159088\n" +"help.text" +msgid "From the context menu choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>. On the Index or Table of Contents tab page, mark <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3154118\n" +"48\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Turning off protection" +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3148463\n" +"49\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in the index. First of all, if necessary, under <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids </emph>, mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3152968\n" +"help.text" +msgid "From the context menu choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>. On the Index or Table of Contents tab page, unmark <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id3152774\n" +"51\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the Navigator, select the index, then open the context menu in the Navigator and select <emph>Index - Read-only</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: protection.xhp +msgctxt "" +"protection.xhp\n" +"par_id7858516\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Other Contents</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting Cross-References" +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"bm_id3145087\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145087\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Cross-References\">Inserting Cross-References</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3159263\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">fields</link> in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3155860\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149833\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Cross-Referencing Text" +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3149846\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"hd_id3156105\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert a Target" +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3153408\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text that you want to use as a target for the cross-reference." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3153125\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3149634\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list, select “Set Reference”." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3149614\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type a name for the target in the <emph>Name</emph> box. The selected text is displayed in the <emph>Value</emph> box." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3145110\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>. The name of the target is added to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3156257\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153370\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target" +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id7032074\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Position the cursor in the text where you want to insert a cross-reference." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id7796868\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialog, if it is not open already." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3153392\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select \"Insert Reference\"." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3154256\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the target that you want to cross-reference." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3154856\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format for the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the target text, and \"Page\" inserts the page number where the target is located. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3155895\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3148685\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149980\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Cross-Referencing an Object" +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3149992\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Caption\"><emph>Insert - Caption</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3147123\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the cross-reference." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3150212\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3150236\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select the caption category of the object." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3150942\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the caption number of the object that you want to cross-reference." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3150968\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format of the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3150535\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3151092\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"hd_id3151115\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Updating Cross-References" +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id3153594\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To manually update the cross-references in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields</emph> from the menu or press F9." +msgstr "" + +#: references.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references.xhp\n" +"par_id7321390\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Fields</emph> to switch between viewing the reference names and the reference contents." +msgstr "" + +#: references_modify.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references_modify.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Modifying Cross-References" +msgstr "" + +#: references_modify.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references_modify.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149291\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; modifying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;cross-references</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: references_modify.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references_modify.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149291\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Cross-References\">Modifying Cross-References</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: references_modify.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references_modify.xhp\n" +"par_id3153132\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in front of the cross-reference that you want to modify." +msgstr "" + +#: references_modify.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references_modify.xhp\n" +"par_id3149632\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you cannot see the field shading of the cross-reference, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph> or press <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: references_modify.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references_modify.xhp\n" +"par_id3149611\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: references_modify.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references_modify.xhp\n" +"par_id3145101\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Set the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: references_modify.xhp +msgctxt "" +"references_modify.xhp\n" +"par_id3154255\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use the arrow buttons in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Fields</item> dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document." +msgstr "" + +#: registertrue.xhp +msgctxt "" +"registertrue.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Printing Register-true" +msgstr "" + +#: registertrue.xhp +msgctxt "" +"registertrue.xhp\n" +"bm_id4825891\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; register-true text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>register-true;pages and paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spacing;register-true text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;register-true text</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: registertrue.xhp +msgctxt "" +"registertrue.xhp\n" +"par_idN10652\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">Printing Register-true</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: registertrue.xhp +msgctxt "" +"registertrue.xhp\n" +"par_idN1065E\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Set a Document to Register-True Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: registertrue.xhp +msgctxt "" +"registertrue.xhp\n" +"par_idN10665\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the whole document." +msgstr "" + +#: registertrue.xhp +msgctxt "" +"registertrue.xhp\n" +"par_idN10669\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Page</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: registertrue.xhp +msgctxt "" +"registertrue.xhp\n" +"par_idN10671\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Register-true</item> section, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Activate</item> checkbox and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: registertrue.xhp +msgctxt "" +"registertrue.xhp\n" +"par_idN10678\n" +"help.text" +msgid "All the paragraphs in the document will be printed register-true, unless otherwise specified." +msgstr "" + +#: registertrue.xhp +msgctxt "" +"registertrue.xhp\n" +"par_idN1067B\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Exempt Paragraphs From Register-True Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: registertrue.xhp +msgctxt "" +"registertrue.xhp\n" +"par_idN10682\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: registertrue.xhp +msgctxt "" +"registertrue.xhp\n" +"par_idN10685\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: registertrue.xhp +msgctxt "" +"registertrue.xhp\n" +"par_idN1068C\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Open the Styles and Formatting window, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: registertrue.xhp +msgctxt "" +"registertrue.xhp\n" +"par_idN10698\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Register-true</emph> section, clear the <emph>Activate</emph> checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: registertrue.xhp +msgctxt "" +"registertrue.xhp\n" +"par_idN106AA\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Register-true</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: removing_line_breaks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Removing Line Breaks" +msgstr "" + +#: removing_line_breaks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149687\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>hard returns in pasted text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>line breaks;removing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting; line breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copies;removing line breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;removing</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: removing_line_breaks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155916\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">Removing Line Breaks</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: removing_line_breaks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n" +"par_id3155858\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use the AutoCorrect feature to remove line breaks that occur within sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another source and paste it into a text document." +msgstr "" + +#: removing_line_breaks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n" +"par_id3153413\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the \"Default\" paragraph style." +msgstr "" + +#: removing_line_breaks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n" +"par_id3153138\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: removing_line_breaks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n" +"par_id3149645\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, ensure that <emph>Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than 50%</emph> is selected. To change the minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, and then enter a new percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: removing_line_breaks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n" +"par_id3145093\n" +"12\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: removing_line_breaks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n" +"par_id3145118\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove." +msgstr "" + +#: removing_line_breaks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n" +"par_id3156253\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply Style</item> box on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> bar, choose “Default”." +msgstr "" + +#: removing_line_breaks.xhp +msgctxt "" +"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n" +"par_id3153388\n" +"9\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: reset_format.xhp +msgctxt "" +"reset_format.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Resetting Font Attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: reset_format.xhp +msgctxt "" +"reset_format.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149963\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>font attributes; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fonts; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resetting; fonts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>direct formatting;exiting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exiting;direct formatting</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: reset_format.xhp +msgctxt "" +"reset_format.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149963\n" +"26\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"Resetting Font Attributes\">Resetting Font Attributes</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: reset_format.xhp +msgctxt "" +"reset_format.xhp\n" +"par_id3154091\n" +"27\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing Ctrl+Shift+X. For example, if you have pressed Ctrl+B to apply the bold typeface to the text that you type, press Ctrl+Shift+X to return to the default character format of the paragraph." +msgstr "" + +#: reset_format.xhp +msgctxt "" +"reset_format.xhp\n" +"par_id3155854\n" +"28\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then choose the menu command <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: resize_navigator.xhp +msgctxt "" +"resize_navigator.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Docking and Resizing Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: resize_navigator.xhp +msgctxt "" +"resize_navigator.xhp\n" +"bm_id3145088\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Gallery;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>docking; Navigator window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;windows</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: resize_navigator.xhp +msgctxt "" +"resize_navigator.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145088\n" +"26\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Docking and Resizing Windows\">Docking and Resizing Windows</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: resize_navigator.xhp +msgctxt "" +"resize_navigator.xhp\n" +"par_id3155916\n" +"25\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window." +msgstr "" + +#: resize_navigator.xhp +msgctxt "" +"resize_navigator.xhp\n" +"par_id3155861\n" +"27\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window, hold down the <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: resize_navigator.xhp +msgctxt "" +"resize_navigator.xhp\n" +"par_id3156096\n" +"28\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ruler.xhp +msgctxt "" +"ruler.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Using Rulers" +msgstr "" + +#: ruler.xhp +msgctxt "" +"ruler.xhp\n" +"bm_id8186284\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>rulers;using rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indents; setting on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page margins on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells;adjusting the width on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>showing;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adjusting page margins and cell widths</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: ruler.xhp +msgctxt "" +"ruler.xhp\n" +"par_idN1065F\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">Using Rulers</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: ruler.xhp +msgctxt "" +"ruler.xhp\n" +"par_idN1067D\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the vertical ruler, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area." +msgstr "" + +#: ruler.xhp +msgctxt "" +"ruler.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149686\n" +"20\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Adjusting Page Margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ruler.xhp +msgctxt "" +"ruler.xhp\n" +"par_id3155175\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers." +msgstr "" + +#: ruler.xhp +msgctxt "" +"ruler.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149038\n" +"22\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Changing Indents" +msgstr "" + +#: ruler.xhp +msgctxt "" +"ruler.xhp\n" +"par_id3153631\n" +"23\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler." +msgstr "" + +#: ruler.xhp +msgctxt "" +"ruler.xhp\n" +"par_id3152776\n" +"26\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ruler.xhp +msgctxt "" +"ruler.xhp\n" +"par_id3145769\n" +"27\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ruler.xhp +msgctxt "" +"ruler.xhp\n" +"par_id3149164\n" +"12\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Using Wildcards in Text Searches" +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"bm_id3150099\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>wildcards, see regular expressions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching; with wildcards</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>regular expressions;searching</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>examples for regular expressions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters;finding all</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>invisible characters;finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;searching</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"hd_id3150099\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">Using Wildcards in Text Searches</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"par_id0509200916345516\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Wildcards or placeholders can be used to search for some unspecified or even invisible characters." +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"par_id3155182\n" +"50\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can use wildcards when you find and replace text in a document. For example, \"s.n\" finds \"sun\" and \"son\"." +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"par_id3155907\n" +"40\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Find & Replace</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"par_id2142399\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">More Options</item> to expand the dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"par_id3155861\n" +"41\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Regular expressions</item> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"par_id3149843\n" +"42\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Search for</item> box, type the search term and the wildcard(s) that you want to use in your search." +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"par_id3156113\n" +"51\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find Next</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153401\n" +"52\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Regular Expression Examples" +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"par_id3149641\n" +"44\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The wildcard for a single character is a period (.)." +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"par_id3153136\n" +"43\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The wildcard for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an asterisk. For example: \"123*\" finds \"12\" \"123\", and \"1233\"." +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"par_id3149609\n" +"45\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*)." +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"par_id3149854\n" +"46\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.)." +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"par_id0509200916345545\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The wildcard for a tab character is \\t." +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"par_id3153414\n" +"49\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A search using a regular expression will work only within one paragraph. To search using a regular expression in more than one paragraph, do a separate search in each paragraph." +msgstr "" + +#: search_regexp.xhp +msgctxt "" +"search_regexp.xhp\n" +"par_id3149875\n" +"48\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"List of Wildcards\">List of Wildcards</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: section_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_edit.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Editing Sections" +msgstr "" + +#: section_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_edit.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149816\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections;deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>read-only sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>protecting;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>converting;sections, into normal text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;sections</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: section_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_edit.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149816\n" +"13\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"section_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" name=\"Editing Sections\">Editing Sections</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: section_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_edit.xhp\n" +"par_id3155858\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document." +msgstr "" + +#: section_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_edit.xhp\n" +"par_id3154224\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: section_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_edit.xhp\n" +"par_id3149848\n" +"16\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> list, click the section you want to modify. You can press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to select all sections in the list, and you can Shift+click or <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+click to select some sections." +msgstr "" + +#: section_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_edit.xhp\n" +"par_id3153397\n" +"17\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: section_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_edit.xhp\n" +"par_id3153120\n" +"18\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To convert a section into normal text, click <emph>Remove</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: section_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_edit.xhp\n" +"par_id3149631\n" +"19\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To make a section read-only, select the <emph>Protected</emph> check box in the <emph>Write Protection</emph> area." +msgstr "" + +#: section_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_edit.xhp\n" +"par_id3149609\n" +"20\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To hide a section, select the <emph>Hide</emph> check box in the <emph>Hide</emph> area." +msgstr "" + +#: section_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_edit.xhp\n" +"par_id3156255\n" +"22\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\">Format - Sections</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: section_edit.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_edit.xhp\n" +"par_id973540\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting Sections" +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149695\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents;inserting linked sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;linked sections, manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;inserting sections</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149695\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">Inserting Sections</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3155917\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155863\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert a New Section" +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3149843\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert a new section, or select the text that you want to convert to a section." +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3156103\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph." +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3149281\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3153404\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section." +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3153127\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Set the options for the section, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149635\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert a Section as a Link" +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3149648\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3149611\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3149860\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browser, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved." +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3145104\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the linked section." +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3156241\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3153363\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section." +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3153387\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> check box. <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Under Windows, you can also select the <item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. </caseinline></switchinline>" +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3154852\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <emph>Browse</emph> button next to the <emph>File name</emph> box." +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3155882\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Locate the document containing the section that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3149978\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> box, select the section that you want to insert." +msgstr "" + +#: section_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"section_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3150003\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: sections.xhp +msgctxt "" +"sections.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Using Sections" +msgstr "" + +#: sections.xhp +msgctxt "" +"sections.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149832\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-column text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; multi-column</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>columns; on text pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections; columns in/use of</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: sections.xhp +msgctxt "" +"sections.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149832\n" +"40\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"sections\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" name=\"Using Sections\">Using Sections</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: sections.xhp +msgctxt "" +"sections.xhp\n" +"par_id3153128\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: sections.xhp +msgctxt "" +"sections.xhp\n" +"par_id3149284\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To prevent text from being edited." +msgstr "" + +#: sections.xhp +msgctxt "" +"sections.xhp\n" +"par_id3149630\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To show or hide text." +msgstr "" + +#: sections.xhp +msgctxt "" +"sections.xhp\n" +"par_id3149647\n" +"20\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents." +msgstr "" + +#: sections.xhp +msgctxt "" +"sections.xhp\n" +"par_id3149612\n" +"38\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the current page style." +msgstr "" + +#: sections.xhp +msgctxt "" +"sections.xhp\n" +"par_id3149855\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text." +msgstr "" + +#: sections.xhp +msgctxt "" +"sections.xhp\n" +"par_id3149872\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document." +msgstr "" + +#: sections.xhp +msgctxt "" +"sections.xhp\n" +"par_id3153367\n" +"39\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter." +msgstr "" + +#: sections.xhp +msgctxt "" +"sections.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154242\n" +"44\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Sections and Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: sections.xhp +msgctxt "" +"sections.xhp\n" +"par_id3154255\n" +"41\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column." +msgstr "" + +#: sections.xhp +msgctxt "" +"sections.xhp\n" +"par_id3154845\n" +"42\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style." +msgstr "" + +#: sections.xhp +msgctxt "" +"sections.xhp\n" +"par_id3155883\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: send2html.xhp +msgctxt "" +"send2html.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Saving Text Documents in HTML Format" +msgstr "" + +#: send2html.xhp +msgctxt "" +"send2html.xhp\n" +"bm_id3145087\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text documents; publishing in HTML</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents; creating from text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>homepage creation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>saving;in HTML format</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: send2html.xhp +msgctxt "" +"send2html.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145087\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Saving Text Documents in HTML Format\">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: send2html.xhp +msgctxt "" +"send2html.xhp\n" +"par_id3149825\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages." +msgstr "" + +#: send2html.xhp +msgctxt "" +"send2html.xhp\n" +"par_id3155922\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the document are saved into the HTML document as embedded data streams. $[officename] tries to keep the original format of graphics, i.e. JPEG pictures or SVG images will be saved into HTML as such. All other graphic formats are saved as PNG." +msgstr "" + +#: send2html.xhp +msgctxt "" +"send2html.xhp\n" +"par_id3155868\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Apply one of the default $[officename] heading paragraph styles, for example, \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs where you want to generate a new HTML page." +msgstr "" + +#: send2html.xhp +msgctxt "" +"send2html.xhp\n" +"par_id3156100\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: send2html.xhp +msgctxt "" +"send2html.xhp\n" +"par_id3149281\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page." +msgstr "" + +#: send2html.xhp +msgctxt "" +"send2html.xhp\n" +"par_id3153407\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Enter a path and a name for the HTML document, and then click <emph>Save</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Applying Text Formatting While You Type" +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149689\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text; formatting bold while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; bold, while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard;bold formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bold;formatting while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold formatting</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149689\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Applying Text Formatting While You Type\">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155909\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To apply bold formatting" +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"par_id3155861\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text that you want to format." +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"par_id3149836\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B." +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"par_id3156112\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B, type the text that you want to format in bold, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B when you are finished." +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"hd_id3151909\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To apply italic formatting" +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"par_id3151861\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text that you want to format." +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"par_id3141836\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I." +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"par_id3151112\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I, type the text that you want to format in italic, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I when you are finished." +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"hd_id3152909\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To underline text" +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"par_id3152861\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text that you want to underline." +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"par_id3142836\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U." +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"par_id3152112\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U, type the text that you want underlined, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U when you are finished." +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"par_id3149648\n" +"12\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut for text documents\">Keyboard shortcut for text documents</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: shortcut_writing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"shortcut_writing.xhp\n" +"par_id3149611\n" +"13\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]\">Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: smarttags.xhp +msgctxt "" +"smarttags.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Using Smart Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: smarttags.xhp +msgctxt "" +"smarttags.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155622\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>disabling;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>installing;smart tags</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: smarttags.xhp +msgctxt "" +"smarttags.xhp\n" +"hd_id3563951\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"smarttags\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\">Using Smart Tags</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: smarttags.xhp +msgctxt "" +"smarttags.xhp\n" +"par_id368358\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions." +msgstr "" + +#: smarttags.xhp +msgctxt "" +"smarttags.xhp\n" +"hd_id9298379\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Installing Smart Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: smarttags.xhp +msgctxt "" +"smarttags.xhp\n" +"par_id1827448\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Smart Tags can be supplied as <link href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer." +msgstr "" + +#: smarttags.xhp +msgctxt "" +"smarttags.xhp\n" +"par_id2508621\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: smarttags.xhp +msgctxt "" +"smarttags.xhp\n" +"par_id3856013\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file." +msgstr "" + +#: smarttags.xhp +msgctxt "" +"smarttags.xhp\n" +"par_id7814264\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: smarttags.xhp +msgctxt "" +"smarttags.xhp\n" +"hd_id8142338\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Smart Tags Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: smarttags.xhp +msgctxt "" +"smarttags.xhp\n" +"par_id1917477\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: smarttags.xhp +msgctxt "" +"smarttags.xhp\n" +"par_id192266\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to Ctrl-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by Shift+F10." +msgstr "" + +#: smarttags.xhp +msgctxt "" +"smarttags.xhp\n" +"par_id1998962\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options." +msgstr "" + +#: smarttags.xhp +msgctxt "" +"smarttags.xhp\n" +"hd_id2376476\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Enable and Disable Smart Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: smarttags.xhp +msgctxt "" +"smarttags.xhp\n" +"par_id349131\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Autocorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags." +msgstr "" + +#: smarttags.xhp +msgctxt "" +"smarttags.xhp\n" +"par_id1216467\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck." +msgstr "" + +#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Checking Spelling and Grammar" +msgstr "" + +#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149684\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149684\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling and Grammar\">Checking Spelling and Grammar</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" +"par_id3149814\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can manually check the spelling and grammar of a text selection or the entire document." +msgstr "" + +#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" +"par_id0525200902184476\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href=\"http://extensions.libreoffice.org/extension-center?getCategories=Dictionary\">extensions web page</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" +"par_id3149828\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection." +msgstr "" + +#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" +"par_id3155859\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in the document, or select the text that you want to check." +msgstr "" + +#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" +"par_id3149836\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling and Grammar</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" +"par_id3156104\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Spellcheck</item> dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections." +msgstr "" + +#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" +"par_id3149861\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" +"par_id3145099\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To accept a correction, click the suggestion, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" +"par_id3156241\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Edit the sentence in the upper text box, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" +"par_id3155886\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To add the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary, click <emph>Add to Dictionary</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +msgctxt "" +"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" +"par_id3147107\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">Spelling and Grammar dialog</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fillformat.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fillformat.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n" +"bm_id3145084\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>fill format mode</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; styles, by fill format mode</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brush for copying styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; transferring</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fillformat.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145084\n" +"31\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode\">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fillformat.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n" +"par_id3155855\n" +"42\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles and Formatting window." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fillformat.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n" +"par_id3156114\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fillformat.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n" +"par_id3153128\n" +"33\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fillformat.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n" +"par_id3145090\n" +"17\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the style, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Fill Format Mode</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149644\">Icon</alt></image> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles and Formatting</item> window." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fillformat.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n" +"par_id3153371\n" +"29\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the items, and then release." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fillformat.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n" +"par_id3154263\n" +"34\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press <item type=\"keycode\">Esc</item> when finished." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fillformat.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n" +"par_id3159259\n" +"35\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Creating New Styles From Selections" +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155911\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>drag and drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155911\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Creating New Styles From Selections\">Creating New Styles From Selections</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"par_id3149829\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Create a New Style From a Manually Formatted Selection" +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"par_id3156097\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"par_id3153402\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"par_id3153119\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in the document where you want to copy the style from, for example, in a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"par_id3153138\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> from the submenu" +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"par_id3156260\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type a name in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style Name</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"par_id3154411\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153373\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Create a New Style by Drag-And-Drop" +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"par_id3154233\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"par_id3154258\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"par_id3154851\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select at least one character, or object, in the style that you want to copy. For page and frame styles, select at least one character or object in the page or frame." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"par_id3154871\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Drag the character or object to the Styles and Formatting window and release." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"par_idN107B2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "For paragraph and character styles, you can drag-and-drop onto the respective icon in the Styles and Formatting window. You do not need to open that style category in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"par_idN107B5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a frame into the Styles and Formatting window to create a new frame style: Click the frame, wait a moment with the mouse button pressed down, but without moving the mouse, then drag to the Styles and Formatting window and drop the frame onto the Frame Styles icon." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_fromselect.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" +"par_id3149988\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_update.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_update.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Updating Styles From Selections" +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_update.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_update.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155915\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>Stylist, see Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating; styles, from selections</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_update.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_update.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155915\n" +"38\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From Selections\">Updating Styles From Selections</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_update.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_update.xhp\n" +"par_id3149838\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_update.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_update.xhp\n" +"par_id3156107\n" +"47\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to update." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_update.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_update.xhp\n" +"par_id3149283\n" +"41\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the document, click from where you want to copy the updated style. For example, click a paragraph to which you applied some manual formatting that you want to copy now." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_update.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_update.xhp\n" +"par_id3153402\n" +"42\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the Styles and Formatting window, click the style that you want to update." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_update.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_update.xhp\n" +"par_id3153119\n" +"43\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and choose <emph>Update Style</emph> from the submenu." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_update.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_update.xhp\n" +"par_id0310200910360780\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Only the manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window. Any attributes that were applied as part of a style will not be added to the updated style." +msgstr "" + +#: stylist_update.xhp +msgctxt "" +"stylist_update.xhp\n" +"par_id3155498\n" +"45\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: subscript.xhp +msgctxt "" +"subscript.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Making Text Superscript or Subscript" +msgstr "" + +#: subscript.xhp +msgctxt "" +"subscript.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155174\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text; subscript and superscript</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>superscript text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters;subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: subscript.xhp +msgctxt "" +"subscript.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155174\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Making Text Superscript or Subscript\">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: subscript.xhp +msgctxt "" +"subscript.xhp\n" +"par_id3155917\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript." +msgstr "" + +#: subscript.xhp +msgctxt "" +"subscript.xhp\n" +"par_id3155865\n" +"28\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: subscript.xhp +msgctxt "" +"subscript.xhp\n" +"par_id3149829\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph>, and then select <emph>Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: subscript.xhp +msgctxt "" +"subscript.xhp\n" +"par_id3156111\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B to make the text subscript." +msgstr "" + +#: subscript.xhp +msgctxt "" +"subscript.xhp\n" +"par_id3153416\n" +"26\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Character - Position\">Format - Character - Position</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: subscript.xhp +msgctxt "" +"subscript.xhp\n" +"par_id3154705\n" +"27\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace\">Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_cellmerge.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cellmerge.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Merging and Splitting Cells" +msgstr "" + +#: table_cellmerge.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cellmerge.xhp\n" +"bm_id3147240\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; merging/splitting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; merging cells</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cell merges</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu command</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_cellmerge.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cellmerge.xhp\n" +"hd_id6618243\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"Merging and Splitting Cells\">Merging and Splitting Cells</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_cellmerge.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cellmerge.xhp\n" +"par_id1211890\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells." +msgstr "" + +#: table_cellmerge.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cellmerge.xhp\n" +"hd_id3463850\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Merge Cells" +msgstr "" + +#: table_cellmerge.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cellmerge.xhp\n" +"par_id5708792\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the adjacent cells." +msgstr "" + +#: table_cellmerge.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cellmerge.xhp\n" +"par_id6301461\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: table_cellmerge.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cellmerge.xhp\n" +"hd_id9156468\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Split Cells" +msgstr "" + +#: table_cellmerge.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cellmerge.xhp\n" +"par_id3415936\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in the cell to be split." +msgstr "" + +#: table_cellmerge.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cellmerge.xhp\n" +"par_id4044312\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: table_cellmerge.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cellmerge.xhp\n" +"par_id634174\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: table_cells.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cells.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: table_cells.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cells.xhp\n" +"bm_id3156377\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>columns; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; editing by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard;adding or deleting rows/columns</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;cells, by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_cells.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cells.xhp\n" +"hd_id3156377\n" +"22\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"table_cells\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" name=\"Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard\">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_cells.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cells.xhp\n" +"par_id3149487\n" +"27\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can add or delete rows or columns in tables as well as split or merge table cells using the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: table_cells.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cells.xhp\n" +"par_id3155906\n" +"28\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To insert a new row in a table, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the up or down arrow key. You can also move the cursor to the last cell in the table, and then press Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: table_cells.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cells.xhp\n" +"par_id3147412\n" +"25\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To insert a new column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the left or right arrow key." +msgstr "" + +#: table_cells.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cells.xhp\n" +"par_id3156096\n" +"29\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To split a table cell instead of adding a column, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you press the left or right arrow key." +msgstr "" + +#: table_cells.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cells.xhp\n" +"par_id3153408\n" +"26\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To delete a row, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the up or down arrow key." +msgstr "" + +#: table_cells.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cells.xhp\n" +"par_id3149626\n" +"30\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To delete a column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the left or the right arrow key." +msgstr "" + +#: table_cells.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_cells.xhp\n" +"par_id3149612\n" +"31\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To merge a table into an adjacent cell, place the cursor in the cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key." +msgstr "" + +#: table_delete.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_delete.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table" +msgstr "" + +#: table_delete.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_delete.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149489\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_delete.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_delete.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149489\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table\">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_delete.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_delete.xhp\n" +"par_id3155918\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table." +msgstr "" + +#: table_delete.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_delete.xhp\n" +"par_id3155863\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To delete a whole table, click in the table, and then choose <emph>Table - Delete - Table</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: table_delete.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_delete.xhp\n" +"par_id3153415\n" +"6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all cells are selected, and then press Delete or Backspace." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"bm_id3156377\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; inserting text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; tables in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>DDE; inserting tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;inserting from spreadsheets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables from</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"hd_id3156377\n" +"31\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Tables\">Inserting Tables</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3149489\n" +"32\n" +"help.text" +msgid "There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155908\n" +"33\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert a Table From a Toolbar" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3155861\n" +"34\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3147416\n" +"28\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <emph>Standard</emph> or the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Table</emph> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3153398\n" +"29\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you want, and then release." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3153416\n" +"30\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153135\n" +"35\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert a Table With a Menu Command" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3149642\n" +"36\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3149609\n" +"37\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3149858\n" +"66\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Size</emph> area, enter the number of rows and columns." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3145097\n" +"67\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149572\n" +"43\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3149594\n" +"44\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3156250\n" +"45\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3154395\n" +"68\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3154420\n" +"46\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In your text document, do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3153383\n" +"47\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3154248\n" +"48\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3154844\n" +"49\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3154867\n" +"50\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Is inserted as..." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3155893\n" +"51\n" +"help.text" +msgid "$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3149986\n" +"52\n" +"help.text" +msgid "OLE object - as with <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or drag-and-drop" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3148674\n" +"53\n" +"help.text" +msgid "GDIMetaFile" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3148697\n" +"54\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Graphic" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3153027\n" +"55\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Bitmap" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3148957\n" +"56\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Graphic" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3147104\n" +"57\n" +"help.text" +msgid "HTML" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3147126\n" +"58\n" +"help.text" +msgid "HTML table" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3150223\n" +"59\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Unformatted text" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3150246\n" +"60\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Text only, tab stops as separators" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3145227\n" +"61\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Formatted text [RTF]" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3150938\n" +"62\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Text table" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3150965\n" +"63\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE link (only under Windows) </caseinline></switchinline>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3154377\n" +"64\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Table structure and contents, without formatting. With updating </caseinline></switchinline>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"hd_id3151093\n" +"38\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3151116\n" +"39\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3150515\n" +"69\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3150534\n" +"40\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells." +msgstr "" + +#: table_insert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_insert.xhp\n" +"par_id3147527\n" +"41\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Drag the selected cells into the text document." +msgstr "" + +#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Repeating a Table Header on a New Page" +msgstr "" + +#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155870\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; heading repetition after page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153406\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\">Repeating a Table Heading on a New Page</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n" +"par_id3149636\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans." +msgstr "" + +#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n" +"par_id3145098\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n" +"par_id3156240\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Heading</item> and the <item type=\"menuitem\">Repeat heading</item> check boxes." +msgstr "" + +#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n" +"par_id3153376\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the number of rows and columns for the table." +msgstr "" + +#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n" +"par_id3153393\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: table_select.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_select.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: table_select.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_select.xhp\n" +"bm_id7693411\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;selecting</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_select.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_select.xhp\n" +"par_idN105F0\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"table_select\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_select.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_select.xhp\n" +"par_idN1060E\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can select a table in a text document with a keyboard or with a mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: table_select.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_select.xhp\n" +"par_idN10614\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To select a table with the keyboard, move the cursor into the table, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all the cells are selected." +msgstr "" + +#: table_select.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_select.xhp\n" +"par_idN10633\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To select a table with the mouse, move the mouse pointer to a position just above and left of the table. The mouse pointer becomes a diagonal arrow. Click to select the table." +msgstr "" + +#: table_select.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_select.xhp\n" +"par_idN10637\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To select a row or column with the mouse, point to a position just left of the row or above the column. The mouse pointer becomes an arrow. Click to select the row or column." +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table" +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"bm_id3156108\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; enlarging and reducing in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells; enlarging/reducing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard; resizing rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>enlarging columns,cells and table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reducing rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; resizing/juxtaposing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>juxtaposing tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>heights of table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>widths of table columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>column widths in tables</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"hd_id3156108\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"table_sizing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" name=\"Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table\">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id3153140\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can resize the width of table cells and columns, as well as change the height of table rows." +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id3149615\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id3146497\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Optimize Size</item> toolbar on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar." +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145109\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Changing the Width of Columns and Cells" +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149574\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Change the Width of a Column" +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id3149587\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id3156246\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location." +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id3145390\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line on the ruler until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location." +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id0918200811260957\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and then click and drag a line to scale all cells right or above the line proportionally." +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id3145411\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in a cell in the column, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the left or the right arrow key." +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id3153364\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To increase the distance from the left edge of the page to the edge of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow key." +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id3155891\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area." +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149993\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Change the Width of a Cell" +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id3148676\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option+Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key" +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153014\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Changing the Height of a Row" +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id3153035\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the up or the down arrow key." +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"hd_id8478041\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Resizing a Whole Table" +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id3358867\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the width and height of a table, do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id5366679\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the gray area to resize the table." +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id1279030\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click inside the table. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Table Properties</item> to open a dialog and set the properties to the numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id5009308\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To wrap text to the sides of a table, and to arrange two tables next to another, you must insert the tables into a frame. Click inside the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A twice to select the whole table, then choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: table_sizing.xhp +msgctxt "" +"table_sizing.xhp\n" +"par_id4190496\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Tables within HTML pages do not offer the full range of properties and commands as tables in OpenDocument format." +msgstr "" + +#: tablemode.xhp +msgctxt "" +"tablemode.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: tablemode.xhp +msgctxt "" +"tablemode.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155856\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>table mode selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proportional distribution of tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relative distribution of table cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: tablemode.xhp +msgctxt "" +"tablemode.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155856\n" +"7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table\">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: tablemode.xhp +msgctxt "" +"tablemode.xhp\n" +"par_id3149835\n" +"12\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits." +msgstr "" + +#: tablemode.xhp +msgctxt "" +"tablemode.xhp\n" +"par_id7344279\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes." +msgstr "" + +#: tablemode.xhp +msgctxt "" +"tablemode.xhp\n" +"par_id3156110\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To set the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, or use the <item type=\"menuitem\">Fixed</item>, <item type=\"menuitem\">Fixed/Proportional</item>, and <item type=\"menuitem\">Variable</item> icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar. There are three display modes for tables:" +msgstr "" + +#: tablemode.xhp +msgctxt "" +"tablemode.xhp\n" +"par_id3149638\n" +"9\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<emph>Fixed</emph> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes narrower, but the width of the table remains constant." +msgstr "" + +#: tablemode.xhp +msgctxt "" +"tablemode.xhp\n" +"par_id3149613\n" +"10\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<emph>Fixed, proportional</emph> - changes affect the entire table, and wide cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the table remains constant." +msgstr "" + +#: tablemode.xhp +msgctxt "" +"tablemode.xhp\n" +"par_id3149864\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<emph>Variable</emph> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you widen a cell, the width of the table increases." +msgstr "" + +#: template_create.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_create.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Creating a Document Template" +msgstr "" + +#: template_create.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_create.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149688\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>document templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; creating document templates</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: template_create.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_create.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149688\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Document Template\">Creating a Document Template</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: template_create.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_create.xhp\n" +"par_id3149492\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can create a template to use as the basis for creating new text documents." +msgstr "" + +#: template_create.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_create.xhp\n" +"par_id3155915\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Create a document and add the content and formatting styles that you want." +msgstr "" + +#: template_create.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_create.xhp\n" +"par_id3147422\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>File - Save As Template</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: template_create.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_create.xhp\n" +"par_id3149829\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Template</item> box, type a name for the new template." +msgstr "" + +#: template_create.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_create.xhp\n" +"par_id3156098\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select a template category in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Categories</item> list." +msgstr "" + +#: template_create.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_create.xhp\n" +"par_id3149281\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: template_create.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_create.xhp\n" +"par_id3153404\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To create a document based on the template, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - New - Templates</item>, select the template, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Open</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: template_create.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_create.xhp\n" +"par_id3149636\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Save As Template\">File - Save As Template</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: template_default.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_default.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Changing the Default Template" +msgstr "" + +#: template_default.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_default.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155913\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>default templates;defining/resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defaults; templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; default templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;default templates</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: template_default.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_default.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155913\n" +"28\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"template_default\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Default Template\">Changing the Default Template</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: template_default.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_default.xhp\n" +"par_id3145569\n" +"68\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The default template contains the default formatting information for new text documents. If you want, you can create a new template and use it as the default template." +msgstr "" + +#: template_default.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_default.xhp\n" +"hd_id6414990\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Create a Default Template" +msgstr "" + +#: template_default.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_default.xhp\n" +"par_id3149838\n" +"102\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Create a document and the content and formatting styles that you want." +msgstr "" + +#: template_default.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_default.xhp\n" +"par_id3156101\n" +"113\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Templates - Save As Template</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: template_default.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_default.xhp\n" +"par_id3149283\n" +"106\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>New Template</emph> box, type a name for the new template." +msgstr "" + +#: template_default.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_default.xhp\n" +"par_id3153409\n" +"114\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the dialog that appears, double-click the \"My Templates\" folder, and then click <emph>Save</emph>. You will then be prompted for a name; write it and click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: template_default.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_default.xhp\n" +"par_id3153140\n" +"107\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: template_default.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_default.xhp\n" +"par_id3149952\n" +"108\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Double-click the \"My Templates\" folder." +msgstr "" + +#: template_default.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_default.xhp\n" +"par_id3149970\n" +"105\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click on the template that you created, and click <emph>Set as Default</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: template_default.xhp +msgctxt "" +"template_default.xhp\n" +"par_id3149620\n" +"115\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Close the dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: templates_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"templates_styles.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Templates and Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: templates_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"templates_styles.xhp\n" +"bm_id3153396\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>organizing; templates (guide)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; organizing (guide)</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: templates_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"templates_styles.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153396\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Templates and Styles\">Templates and Styles</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: templates_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"templates_styles.xhp\n" +"par_id3149635\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles." +msgstr "" + +#: templates_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"templates_styles.xhp\n" +"par_id3149957\n" +"18\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the default template." +msgstr "" + +#: templates_styles.xhp +msgctxt "" +"templates_styles.xhp\n" +"par_id3149974\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "$[officename] has a number of <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"predefined templates\">predefined templates</link> that you can use to create different types or text documents, such as business letters." +msgstr "" + +#: text_animation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_animation.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Animating Text" +msgstr "" + +#: text_animation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_animation.xhp\n" +"bm_id3151182\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>effects; text animation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>animations;text</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_animation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_animation.xhp\n" +"hd_id3151182\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animating Text\">Animating Text</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_animation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_animation.xhp\n" +"par_id3145080\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as rectangles, lines, or text objects. For example, draw a rectangle, then double-click the rectangle and enter your text." +msgstr "" + +#: text_animation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_animation.xhp\n" +"par_id3149811\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the drawing object containing the text that you want to animate." +msgstr "" + +#: text_animation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_animation.xhp\n" +"par_id3155178\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Object - Text Attributes</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Animation</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: text_animation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_animation.xhp\n" +"par_id3149819\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Effect</item> box, select the animation that you want." +msgstr "" + +#: text_animation.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_animation.xhp\n" +"par_id3145786\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Set the properties of the effect, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: text_capital.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_capital.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Changing the Case of Text" +msgstr "" + +#: text_capital.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_capital.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155182\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>characters; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lowercase letters; text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>uppercase; formatting text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;cases of text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>initial capitals in titles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>small capitals (guide)</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_capital.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_capital.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155182\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Case of Text\">Changing the Case of Text</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_capital.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_capital.xhp\n" +"par_id3155916\n" +"2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection." +msgstr "" + +#: text_capital.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_capital.xhp\n" +"par_idN10728\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you apply formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Text - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed." +msgstr "" + +#: text_capital.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_capital.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155861\n" +"8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Capitalize Text" +msgstr "" + +#: text_capital.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_capital.xhp\n" +"par_id3147420\n" +"9\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text that you want to capitalize." +msgstr "" + +#: text_capital.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_capital.xhp\n" +"par_id3149841\n" +"10\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: text_capital.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_capital.xhp\n" +"par_id1120200910485778\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Text - Change Case - Uppercase</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: text_capital.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_capital.xhp\n" +"par_id1120200910485775\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. \"Capitals\" capitalizes all letters. \"Title\" capitalizes the first letter of each word. \"Small capitals\" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size." +msgstr "" + +#: text_capital.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_capital.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149644\n" +"11\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Change Text to Lowercase" +msgstr "" + +#: text_capital.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_capital.xhp\n" +"par_id3149964\n" +"12\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text that you want to change to lowercase." +msgstr "" + +#: text_capital.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_capital.xhp\n" +"par_id3149606\n" +"13\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: text_capital.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_capital.xhp\n" +"par_id112020091049000\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Text - Change Case - Lowercase</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: text_capital.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_capital.xhp\n" +"par_id1120200910490034\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select \"Lowercase\" in the Effects box." +msgstr "" + +#: text_centervert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_centervert.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page" +msgstr "" + +#: text_centervert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_centervert.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155177\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; centering on pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centering;text frames on pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>title pages; centering text on</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_centervert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_centervert.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155177\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page\">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_centervert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_centervert.xhp\n" +"par_id3155920\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text that you want to center on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: text_centervert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_centervert.xhp\n" +"par_id3155868\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: text_centervert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_centervert.xhp\n" +"par_id3152765\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">To page</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: text_centervert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_centervert.xhp\n" +"par_id3149844\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Size</item> area, set the dimensions of the frame." +msgstr "" + +#: text_centervert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_centervert.xhp\n" +"par_id3156114\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Position</item> area, select \"Center\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Horizontal</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Vertical</item> boxes." +msgstr "" + +#: text_centervert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_centervert.xhp\n" +"par_id3153410\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: text_centervert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_centervert.xhp\n" +"par_id3149615\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame/Object</item>. Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Borders</item> tab, and then click in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set No Border</item> box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Arrangement</item> area." +msgstr "" + +#: text_centervert.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_centervert.xhp\n" +"par_id3145098\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To resize the frame, drag the edges of the frame." +msgstr "" + +#: text_direct_cursor.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Using the Direct Cursor" +msgstr "" + +#: text_direct_cursor.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155178\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text; cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>entering text with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direct cursor; settings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>writing with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cursor;direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>settings;direct cursor</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_direct_cursor.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155178\n" +"24\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"Using the Direct Cursor\">Using the Direct Cursor</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_direct_cursor.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n" +"par_id3155908\n" +"25\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page." +msgstr "" + +#: text_direct_cursor.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n" +"par_id3155921\n" +"41\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: text_direct_cursor.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n" +"par_idN106A3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools</item> bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Direct Cursor</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">Icon</alt></image>." +msgstr "" + +#: text_direct_cursor.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n" +"par_idN106C5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:" +msgstr "" + +#: text_direct_cursor.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n" +"par_idN106C8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"0.1457in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5471987\">Icon</alt></image> Align left" +msgstr "" + +#: text_direct_cursor.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n" +"par_idN106E4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"0.2398in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5730253\">Icon</alt></image> Centered" +msgstr "" + +#: text_direct_cursor.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n" +"par_idN10700\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"0.1563in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id6953622\">Icon</alt></image> Align right" +msgstr "" + +#: text_direct_cursor.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n" +"par_idN1071D\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: text_emphasize.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_emphasize.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Emphasizing Text" +msgstr "" + +#: text_emphasize.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_emphasize.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149820\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text; emphasizing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>emphasizing text</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_emphasize.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_emphasize.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149820\n" +"65\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Emphasizing Text\">Emphasizing Text</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_emphasize.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_emphasize.xhp\n" +"par_id3155922\n" +"66\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:" +msgstr "" + +#: text_emphasize.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_emphasize.xhp\n" +"par_id3147412\n" +"67\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as <emph>bold</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: text_emphasize.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_emphasize.xhp\n" +"par_id3149840\n" +"68\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: text_emphasize.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_emphasize.xhp\n" +"par_id3150084\n" +"69\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: text_emphasize.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_emphasize.xhp\n" +"par_id6924649\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use the Text tool on the Drawing toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: text_emphasize.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_emphasize.xhp\n" +"par_idN106E7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use Fontwork. To open the Fontwork window, click the Fontwork Gallery icon on the Drawing bar." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames" +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149487\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; inserting/editing/linking</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resizing;text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scaling; text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text flow; from frame to frame</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; linking</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;hiding text frames from printing</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149487\n" +"3\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames\">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3149842\n" +"65\n" +"help.text" +msgid "A text frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"hd_id3156104\n" +"64\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert a Text Frame" +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3149961\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text that you want to include in the frame." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3149602\n" +"9\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145115\n" +"66\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Edit a Text Frame" +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3149578\n" +"16\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To edit the contents of a text frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3156239\n" +"14\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose <emph>Frame</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3156261\n" +"63\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To resize a text frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153386\n" +"98\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Hide Text From Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3154262\n" +"99\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Any Writer text frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3154858\n" +"100\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text frame (you see the eight handles)." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3155875\n" +"101\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame/Object - Options</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3155899\n" +"102\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"hd_id3148701\n" +"83\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Link Text Frames" +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3149986\n" +"84\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can link Writer text frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3153025\n" +"71\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on the edges of the frame." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3150223\n" +"87\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Frame</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link Frames</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3148968\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148968\">Icon</alt></image>." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3150930\n" +"89\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the frame that you want to link to." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3150947\n" +"75\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can only link frames if:" +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3150969\n" +"76\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The target frame is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3154365\n" +"77\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The target frame is not linked to another frame." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3154383\n" +"78\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you cannot link a header frame to a footer frame." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3145559\n" +"79\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The source frame does not have a next link." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3145577\n" +"81\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The target or the source frame are not contained in each other." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id3151083\n" +"90\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked frames." +msgstr "" + +#: text_frame.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_frame.xhp\n" +"par_id5853144\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The AutoSize feature is available only for the last frame in a chain of linked frames." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"bm_id3159260\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text; navigating and selecting with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>navigating; in text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>selecting;text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard; navigating and selecting in text</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"hd_id3159260\n" +"33\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard\">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3155179\n" +"13\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id1031200810571916\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To move the cursor, press the key or key combination given in the following table." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id1031200810571929\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To select the characters under the moving cursor, additionally hold down the Shift key when you move the cursor." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3155918\n" +"23\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3155870\n" +"24\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Function" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3156220\n" +"25\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<emph>+</emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Command key</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl key</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3156113\n" +"26\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right, left arrow keys" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3150105\n" +"27\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3153418\n" +"28\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3149629\n" +"29\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Up, down arrow keys" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3149949\n" +"30\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Moves the cursor up or down one line." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3149972\n" +"31\n" +"help.text" +msgid "(<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Moves the current paragraph up or down." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3149624\n" +"32\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3149871\n" +"56\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3145108\n" +"34\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3149586\n" +"35\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3156237\n" +"36\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In a table" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3156260\n" +"37\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3145409\n" +"38\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the beginning of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3154410\n" +"41\n" +"help.text" +msgid "End" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3153372\n" +"42\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the current line." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3154235\n" +"43\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the document" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3154262\n" +"44\n" +"help.text" +msgid "End" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3154850\n" +"45\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In a table" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3154873\n" +"46\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3155894\n" +"47\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the end of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3155944\n" +"50\n" +"help.text" +msgid "PgUp" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3148678\n" +"54\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Scrolls up one page." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3148701\n" +"52\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Moves the cursor to the header." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3149998\n" +"53\n" +"help.text" +msgid "PgDn" +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3153018\n" +"51\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Scroll down one page." +msgstr "" + +#: text_nav_keyb.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n" +"par_id3148949\n" +"55\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Moves the cursor to the footer." +msgstr "" + +#: text_rotate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_rotate.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Rotating Text" +msgstr "" + +#: text_rotate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_rotate.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155911\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text; rotating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rotating;text</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_rotate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_rotate.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155911\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotating Text\">Rotating Text</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: text_rotate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_rotate.xhp\n" +"par_id3147410\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object." +msgstr "" + +#: text_rotate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_rotate.xhp\n" +"par_id3153130\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Toolbars- Drawing</item> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing</item> toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: text_rotate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_rotate.xhp\n" +"par_id3149866\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Icon</alt></image>." +msgstr "" + +#: text_rotate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_rotate.xhp\n" +"par_id3149590\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text." +msgstr "" + +#: text_rotate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_rotate.xhp\n" +"par_id3154415\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the <link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Rotate</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Icon</alt></image> on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing Object Properties</item> toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: text_rotate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_rotate.xhp\n" +"par_id3154252\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Drag one of the corner handles of the text object." +msgstr "" + +#: text_rotate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_rotate.xhp\n" +"par_id3154844\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also right-click the text object, choose <emph>Position and Size</emph>, click the <emph>Rotation</emph> tab, and then enter a rotation angle or a new position for the object." +msgstr "" + +#: text_rotate.xhp +msgctxt "" +"text_rotate.xhp\n" +"par_id3155888\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Show Draw Functions\">Show Draw Functions</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Inserting an Entire Text Document" +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155185\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;inserting external content</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;merging</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;inserting text documents as</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text documents</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155185\n" +"23\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Inserting an Entire Text Document\">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"hd_id1812799\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert a Text File" +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"par_id3155855\n" +"28\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file." +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"par_id3147412\n" +"30\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"par_id3149839\n" +"31\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"par_id3148858\n" +"32\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link." +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"hd_id3156105\n" +"33\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link" +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"par_id3150096\n" +"34\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file." +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"par_id3153404\n" +"35\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"par_id3153127\n" +"36\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"par_id3149642\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">File Name</item> box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Browse</item> button and locate the file." +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"par_id3149968\n" +"38\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Sections</item> box." +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"par_id3149619\n" +"39\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you want, set the formatting options for the section." +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"par_id3149862\n" +"40\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: textdoc_inframe.xhp +msgctxt "" +"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" +"par_id3145099\n" +"41\n" +"help.text" +msgid "$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of the section, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Hyphenation" +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149695\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;manual/automatic</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149695\n" +"20\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"Hyphenation\">Hyphenation</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3155918\n" +"31\n" +"help.text" +msgid "By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior:" +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155864\n" +"30\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Automatic Hyphenation" +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3147414\n" +"22\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149832\n" +"51\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3148850\n" +"32\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3156104\n" +"34\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3150101\n" +"35\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3153121\n" +"52\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149629\n" +"53\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs" +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3149644\n" +"33\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3149956\n" +"48\n" +"help.text" +msgid "For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the \"Default\" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3149611\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3149867\n" +"55\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3145106\n" +"56\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the Text Flow tab." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3149582\n" +"57\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3156250\n" +"58\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3145400\n" +"59\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145417\n" +"36\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Manual Hyphenation" +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3154400\n" +"23\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"hd_id6587651\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Single Words" +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3153363\n" +"24\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-)." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3154244\n" +"37\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154847\n" +"60\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection" +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3154869\n" +"61\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the text that you want to hyphenate." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3155886\n" +"26\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: using_hyphen.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_hyphen.xhp\n" +"par_id3154361\n" +"46\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Adding Bullets" +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155186\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>bullet lists;turning on and off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; bulleted</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullets;adding and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;bullets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;bullets in text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;bulleting symbols</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155186\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding Bullets\">Adding Bullets</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"hd_id3291116\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Add Bullets" +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"par_id3149829\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add bullets to." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"par_id3149635\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bullets On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Icon</alt></image>." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"par_id3145403\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To remove bullets, select the bulleted paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154403\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Format Bullets" +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"par_id3154416\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the formatting of a bulleted list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" +"par_id3153390\n" +"help.text" +msgid "For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> button next to <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, and then select a special character. You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Image</item> tab, and then click a symbol style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> area." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Adding Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n" +"bm_id3147418\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;paragraphs, on and off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; numbering on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n" +"hd_id3147418\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Adding Numbering\">Adding Numbering</link> </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n" +"hd_id4188970\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Add Numbering to a List" +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n" +"par_id3153396\n" +"23\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n" +"par_id3149968\n" +"24\n" +"help.text" +msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3153125\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153125\">Icon</alt></image>." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n" +"par_id3149573\n" +"29\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a numbered list, click in the list, and then open the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n" +"par_id3153365\n" +"25\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154233\n" +"30\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Format a Numbered List" +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n" +"par_id3154246\n" +"16\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the formatting of a numbered list, click in the list, then choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Numbering and Numbering Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"bm_id3155174\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; manually/by styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual numbering in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph styles;numbering</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"hd_id3155174\n" +"30\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Numbering and Numbering Styles\">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link> </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3149818\n" +"26\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"hd_id6140629\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Apply Numbering Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3155866\n" +"33\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3153405\n" +"27\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under \"Special Styles\" in the Styles and Formatting window." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_idN10711\n" +"help.text" +msgid "When you press Enter in a numbered or bulleted list, <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically numbers the next paragraph. To remove the numbering or bullet from the new paragraph, press Enter again." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_idN1072B\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the hierarchical level of a bullet in a list, click in front of the paragraph, then press the Tab key." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_idN1072F\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the bullets or numbering format for the current paragraph only, select a character or word in the paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_idN10733\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_idN10737\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To apply the same bullet or numbering format to all paragraphs in the list, select all paragraphs, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a format." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_idN1073A\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can also use the commands on the <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Object Bar\">Bullets and Numbering</link> toolbar to edit a numbered or bulleted list. To change the numbering or bullet format, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"hd_id3153123\n" +"34\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Apply Numbering With a Paragraph Style" +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3153137\n" +"31\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the numbering format of the style, all paragraphs using the style are automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3149646\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Styles</item> icon." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3149599\n" +"36\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3149850\n" +"37\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3149874\n" +"38\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering Style</item> box, select the type of numbering that you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3145113\n" +"39\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: using_numbering.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_numbering.xhp\n" +"par_id3149589\n" +"40\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to." +msgstr "" + +#: using_thesaurus.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_thesaurus.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Thesaurus" +msgstr "" + +#: using_thesaurus.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_thesaurus.xhp\n" +"bm_id3145576\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>thesaurus; related words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>related words in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dictionaries; thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lexicon, see thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: using_thesaurus.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_thesaurus.xhp\n" +"hd_id3145576\n" +"15\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: using_thesaurus.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_thesaurus.xhp\n" +"par_id3149820\n" +"16\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can use the thesaurus to look up synonyms or related terms." +msgstr "" + +#: using_thesaurus.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_thesaurus.xhp\n" +"par_id3155920\n" +"17\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click in the word that you want to look up or replace." +msgstr "" + +#: using_thesaurus.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_thesaurus.xhp\n" +"par_id3155867\n" +"39\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Thesaurus</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7." +msgstr "" + +#: using_thesaurus.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_thesaurus.xhp\n" +"par_id3149848\n" +"40\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In the Alternatives list, click an entry to copy that related term to the \"Replace with\" text box." +msgstr "" + +#: using_thesaurus.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_thesaurus.xhp\n" +"par_id3153136\n" +"45\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Optionally double-click an entry to look up related terms for that entry. On your keyboard, you can also press the arrow up or down keys to select an entry. Then press Return to replace, or press the spacebar to look up." +msgstr "" + +#: using_thesaurus.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_thesaurus.xhp\n" +"par_id3149644\n" +"46\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Replace</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: using_thesaurus.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_thesaurus.xhp\n" +"par_id3156263\n" +"19\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use." +msgstr "" + +#: using_thesaurus.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_thesaurus.xhp\n" +"par_id3145113\n" +"18\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To look up the word in a different language, click the Language button, and select one of the installed thesaurus languages. A thesaurus library may not be available for all installed languages. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the <link href=\"http://extensions.libreoffice.org/\">Extensions</link> web page." +msgstr "" + +#: using_thesaurus.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_thesaurus.xhp\n" +"par_id3196263\n" +"19\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word." +msgstr "" + +#: using_thesaurus.xhp +msgctxt "" +"using_thesaurus.xhp\n" +"par_id3154392\n" +"41\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Word Completion for Text Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion.xhp\n" +"bm_id3148882\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>automatic word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>completion of words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word completion;using/disabling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>disabling;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>switching off;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deactivating;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>refusing word completions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rejecting word completions</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion.xhp\n" +"par_idN10751\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion.xhp\n" +"par_idN1076F\n" +"help.text" +msgid "$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, $[officename] automatically completes the word." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion.xhp\n" +"par_id3149346\n" +"91\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion.xhp\n" +"par_idN1078D\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Accept/Reject a Word Completion" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion.xhp\n" +"par_idN10794\n" +"help.text" +msgid "By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion.xhp\n" +"par_idN1079B\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion.xhp\n" +"par_idN1079E\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Switch off the Word Completion" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion.xhp\n" +"par_idN107A5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion.xhp\n" +"par_idN107AD\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> ." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion.xhp\n" +"par_id7504806\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"bm_id3148882\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>settings;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word completion;settings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;word completion settings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"hd_id4745017\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion_adjust\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_id4814294\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_id2593462\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN107C6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Insert an Additional Space Character" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN10B03\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select <emph>Append space</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN10B0E\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN107CC\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Define the Accept Key" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN10B20\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN107D2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Select the Minimum Number of Characters" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN10B36\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN107D8\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Select the Scope of Collected Words" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN10B4C\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN10B53\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN10B56\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_id2634968\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN107DE\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Use the Word List for Further Sessions" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN10B94\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN10BA1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN10BA7\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for word completion." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN10BAB\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The word completion feature collects the words." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN107ED\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select all or some of the words in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN107F4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN10BC6\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words." +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_idN10809\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">Word Completion</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: word_completion_adjust.xhp +msgctxt "" +"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n" +"par_id5458845\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Using Word Completion</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: words_count.xhp +msgctxt "" +"words_count.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Counting Words" +msgstr "" + +#: words_count.xhp +msgctxt "" +"words_count.xhp\n" +"bm_id3149686\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>words; counting in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>number of words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>documents; number of words/characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; number of words/characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters; counting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>number of characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>counting words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: words_count.xhp +msgctxt "" +"words_count.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149686\n" +"1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"Counting Words\">Counting Words</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: words_count.xhp +msgctxt "" +"words_count.xhp\n" +"par_idN105D1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Word and character count is shown in the status bar, and is kept up to date as you edit." +msgstr "" + +#: words_count.xhp +msgctxt "" +"words_count.xhp\n" +"par_idN106D1\n" +"help.text" +msgid "If you want to count only some text of your document, select the text." +msgstr "" + +#: words_count.xhp +msgctxt "" +"words_count.xhp\n" +"par_id3149821\n" +"5\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To display extended statistics such as count of characters without spaces, double click the word count in the status bar, or choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: words_count.xhp +msgctxt "" +"words_count.xhp\n" +"hd_id1116200901133957\n" +"help.text" +msgid "How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?" +msgstr "" + +#: words_count.xhp +msgctxt "" +"words_count.xhp\n" +"par_id1116200901133998\n" +"help.text" +msgid "In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Dashes, tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too." +msgstr "" + +#: words_count.xhp +msgctxt "" +"words_count.xhp\n" +"par_id1116200901133985\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Words with always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each." +msgstr "" + +#: words_count.xhp +msgctxt "" +"words_count.xhp\n" +"par_id111620090113399\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 \"$\" http://www.example.com." +msgstr "" + +#: words_count.xhp +msgctxt "" +"words_count.xhp\n" +"par_id111620090113400\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To add a custom character to be considered as the word limit, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph> and add the character into the <emph>Additional separators</emph> field." +msgstr "" + +#: words_count.xhp +msgctxt "" +"words_count.xhp\n" +"par_idN106E2\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To get some more statistics about the document, choose <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: words_count.xhp +msgctxt "" +"words_count.xhp\n" +"par_id3147418\n" +"4\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">File - Properties - Statistics</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"tit\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Wrapping Text Around Objects" +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"bm_id3154486\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text wrap around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contour editor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; formatting around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing contours</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editors;contour editor</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154486\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Wrapping Text Around Objects\">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"hd_id4792321\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Wrap Text Around an Object" +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"par_id3149696\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the object." +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"par_id3155907\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Objects - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab to choose the wrapping style that you want to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"par_id3155859\n" +"help.text" +msgid "The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet." +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"hd_id3149834\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Specify the Wrapping Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"par_id3154079\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the object." +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"par_id3153396\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Image - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"par_id3153370\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Set the options that you want." +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"par_id3153386\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"hd_id3154247\n" +"help.text" +msgid "To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic" +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"par_id3154262\n" +"help.text" +msgid "You can change the shape that the text wraps around." +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"par_id3154860\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Select the graphic, right-click, and then choose <emph>Wrap - Edit Contour</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"par_id3150231\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply</item> icon (green check mark)." +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"par_id3150947\n" +"help.text" +msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Contour Editor</item> window." +msgstr "" + +#: wrap.xhp +msgctxt "" +"wrap.xhp\n" +"par_id3150520\n" +"help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contour Editor\">Contour Editor</link>" +msgstr "" |